U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE
Information Products Division |
U.S. Patent Classification System - Classification Definitions
as of June 30, 2000
Patents classified in a subclass may be accessed by either clicking on
the subclass number
preceding each subclass definition or on the
" " icon, below.
( please note that patents for some subclasses may not be available )
For classification search strategies, please refer to the
Classification Index
Explanation of Data web page.
(definitions have been obtained from the
Patents ASSIST CD-ROM which
is produced by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office
Electronic Products Branch)
Class 024
BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC.
Class Definition:
This class provides for buckles, buttons, clasps, cord and
rope holders, pins, separable fasteners, etc., which have
become so varied in use and so allied in structure as to
belong to no specific art, but are novel only as to their
structures. There are, however, several types of fastenings
included where the devices are but slightly identified with
the art and are closely analogous to the main titles above
cited. Such patents are retained under more or less art
titles. Devices which embrace fastenings as above, but also
include elements which connect them with various specific
arts, have been excluded as far as practicable.
The fastenings have been classified structurally as far as
possible, and where two or more simple fastenings are
contained in one structure, it is found in subclasses
indicating the kinds of fastenings so combined. This scheme
is followed also through out those art subclasses which have
been retained, where possible.
Many of the securing means placed within subclasses 287+
claim with the means an amount of structure-to-be-secured*
necessary for either (a) completing the securing operation,
(b) connecting components of the securing means together, (c)
linking distinct securing means together, or (d) mounting the
securing means. The mere naming of or recitation of the above
(i.e., a-d) limited amount of structure-to-be-secured* will
not exclude classification from Class 24, unless this subject
matter is provided for elsewhere. Specific details or
specificity of the structure-to-be-secured* going beyond this
amount are excluded for this class and are placed in the
particular class providing for that type of
structure-to-be-secured*, combination, or mounting.
(1) Note. A securing means claimed in combination with a
tool for operating it is classified in the appropriate class
for the tool when a specific detail of the tool is claimed.
LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES AND WITHIN THIS CLASS
All U. S. patents within subclasses 287+ are placed according
to the following procedure: Original patents having claims
defining subject matter within the scope normally associated
with these subclasses should be placed within the first
occurring subclass array and furthest, sequentially indented
subclass thereunder which the claimed subject matter fits and
if there are additional subclasses indented thereunder, on
disclosure into the first occurring and furthest,
sequentially indented subclass which the disclosed and
claimed subject matter fits. It is additionally considered
mandatory to cross-reference any independent claims(s), other
than the one governing original placement or other claims
defining the same subject matter, below into different
subclass arrays using the same principles of placement by
which the original is placed. Further, if the subject matter
of the patent used in placing the original is a species of a
generic claim and there are plural species disclosed in the
patent, then it is mandatory to cross-reference the patent to
the first subclass immediately above and under which the
original's subclass is indented which can fully accept the
subject matter of all claimed and disclosed species. However,
if the patents are more than 17 years old, the
cross-referencing of any claimed subject matter to a
different subclass array, either above or below that into
which the original is placed, is solely discretionary and is
not mandatory if it is felt that the claimed subject matter
is already well represented in these other subclass arrays.
LINE BETWEEN CLASS 24 AND CLASS 2
The line with Class 2, Apparel, and this class (24) with
respect to garment supporters is as follows:
Class 24 takes single or combined securing means used to
support a garment or to hold parts of a garment supporter
together when either (a) no significant structural feature of
the garment or held parts is claimed or (b) the specific
configuration of the held parts of the supporter is not
claimed. Examples of the garment supporters proper for Class
24 are (1) two distinct securing means connected by a single
nominally recited strip or strand, (2) cooperating components
of a securing means located on the ends of a nominally
recited belt, strip, or strand for holding the ends together
to form a loop, and (3) securing means for holding together
two or more named garments or named parts of a garment
supporter.
Class 2 takes all other garment supporters or parts thereof
not provided for elsewhere.
Patents claiming either (1) two or more discrete, rigid* or
semirigid* (i.e., nonflaccid), joined members and details
peculiar to their common joint or (2) a fastener constructed
with features peculiarly adapting it for use with such
members (e.g., angle clamp, converging clasp for members
having divergent cross sections, jointed connector allowing
relative movement between members) and disclosing that the
members are (a) mere stock material having only general
utility until joined together into a particular assemblage
(e.g., framework members transmitting force to one another),
(b) components of an assemblage, each of which have the same
utility before and after joining, but when joined together
interact with each other to accomplish a common task and no
longer have any independent operation (e.g., torque
transmitting rods, pipeline), (c) subcomponents of an
assemblage one of which having utility only when interacting
with the other to accomplish a specific task (e.g.,
windshield wiper and windshield), or (d) articles each having
independent utility and when joined together cooperate with
each other to change, enhance, or make interdependent their
operation (e.g., articulated trailers) have been classified
in the appropriate class (e.g., Class 64, Class 74, Class
248, Class 280, Class 285, Class 439, or Class 403) based on
details of the members or joint.
LINE BETWEEN CLASS 24 AND CLASS 248
The line between this class (24) and Class 248 is largely
based on disclosure. Thus, inventions which involve distinct
means for engaging a support and a supported article wherein
the sole disclosure is of a support against gravity are
classifiable in Class 248 even though it may be possible to
find other utility therefore. Subcombinations of such devices
are classifiable in Class 248 in the absence of a clear
indication of general utility for the subcombination. For
example, a clip* in general is classified in this class (24)
even when disclosed as having a supporting function; however,
when a clip* is particularly adapted for service as a support
against gravity (e.g., the gripping jaw is gravity actuated)
or as a hold down and there is no other utility disclosed,
then it is classified in Class 248.
Devices intended for transmitting an active pushing, pulling,
lifting, or driving force through their structure from a
force input element to a separate (a) transportable load, (b)
piece of work or (b) tool are classified elsewhere based upon
the type of function of the input element (e.g., if it is a
cable, if it is a handle, if it is for a load grab of a
vertically swinging load support, if it is a pushing or
pulling implement, if it is for a tool holding chuck, if it
is a press--See the search class notes below for this subject
matter)
REFERENCES TO OTHER CLASSES
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, appropriate subclasses for a fastener claimed in
combination with either specific apparel structure or
specific additional apparel supporting structure, and see (1)
Note of this class definition for the line between Class 2
and Class 24.
16, Miscellaneous Hardware, for a handle.
29, Metal Working, appropriate subclasses, for a process or
means to make a Class 24 fastener.
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, appropriate subclasses
for a fastener either claimed in combination with information
exhibiting structure (e.g., badge, tag) or claiming a special
accommodating feature (e.g., holder) for information
exhibiting structure.
63, Jewelry, appropriate subclasses for a fastener either (a)
in combination with jewelry structure, (b) having an
ornamental shape, (c) having a special accommodating feature
(e.g., setting) for jewelry structure, or (d) constructed
from valuable decorative material (e.g., gold).
70, Locks, appropriate subclasses for a fastener which either
(a) is combined with distinct locking means or (b) requires
the aid of a key or specialized tool to release it.
100, Presses, for a press.
119, Animal Husbandry, subclasses 863+ for an animal collar
or harness having a particular buckle, length-fixing, or
end-joining means.
132, Toilet, subclasses 9+ for a device which fastens
hair.
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
appropriate subclasses for a method or an apparatus to fasten
two members together with an adhesive.
163, Needle and Pin Making, appropriate subclasses for an
apparatus for or a method to make a pin.
224, Package and Article Carriers, appropriate subclasses for
a fastener which holds an article, while it is being
transported between two locations, upon a person or vehicle.
248, Supports, appropriate subclasses for a fastener which
supports an article against gravity, and see (5) Note of this
class definition for the line between Class 24 and Class
248.
254, Implements or Appartus for Pushing or Pulling Force, if
it is a pushing or pulling implement,
269, Work Holders, appropriate subclasses for means for
holding an article at a location while it is being operated
on or treated.
279, Chucks or Sockets, appropriate subclasses for means
which grips a pipe, rod, or tool and transmits a rotating or
reciprocating force thereto from an unclaimed power source.
285, Pipe Joints or Couplings, appropriate subclasses for a
coupling means, per se, which has a structural feature
particular to connecting pipes.
292, Closure Fasteners, appropriate subclasses for a fastener
which is intended to hold a distinct closure in a position
blocking an opening.
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, appropriate
subclasses for a fastener which transmits a force from a
handle or hoist-line to an object or material moved thereby.
402, Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or Notch of
Sheet, appropriate subclasses for retaining means which
passes through or forms an opening in a sheet of paper to
releasably secure it.
403, Joints and Connections, appropriate subclasses for a
joint between (a) two rigid* or semi-rigid* members, (b) two
portions of a rigid* or semi-rigid* member, or (c) a flaccid*
and a rigid* or semi-rigid* member which involves either an
intrinsic property of one of the members or portions thereof
or a particular relationship between the members or portions;
and fastening means, per se, limited to such joints by their
structure.
410, Freight Accommodations On Freight Carrier, appropriate
subclasses for means to secure an article to a freight
carrier.
411, Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed, or
Locked-Threaded Fastener, appropriate subclasses for a
general utility fastener which is (a) tool driven, (b) tool
manipulated, or (c) deformed during the fastening operation
and devices used in conjunction with such fasteners.
414, Material or Article Handling, for a load grab of a
vertically swinging load support.
439, Electrical Connectors, appropriate subclasses for a
detachable connector (e.g., fastener), per se, which either
(a) is specially designed for, (b) includes structure having
particular utility for, or (c) has the sole disclosed utility
of conducting electricity; and see the class definition of
Class 439, section IV for the line between Class 24 and Class
439.
GLOSSARY:
Terms or phrases used in titles or definitions, either
repeatedly or in a special and limited sense, are set forth
below with the meaning each is to have for subclasses 287+.
For economy of space, an asterisk (*) following a word
indicates that reference should be made to this Glossary for
the specific meaning thereof while an (*) following a
hyphenated phrase, e.g., structure-to-be-secured(*),
indicates that that entire hyphenated term as such has been
defined in this Glossary.
BUCKLE(*)
A securing means wherein either member is adapted to allow
structure-to-be-se-cured (*) to pass therethrough, or wherein
the members are adapted to allow structure-to-be-secured(*)
to pass completely therebetween in a path generally parallel
to the longitudinal axis of the members. Buckles are designed
to adjustably secure belts, bands, or similar longitudinal
articles and generally operate by having one end of the belt
band, etc., fixed securely to one end of the buckle with
another frictionally or resiliently securing the belt, band,
etc., or by passing through a provided for aperture in the
belt, band, etc., and generally also has two connected,
relatively movable members.
CLASP(*)
A securing mechanism or element including two coacting
members or member segments having gripping surfaces which
engage portions of structure-to-be-secured* on opposite sides
in a jawlike manner to thereby (a) prevent or hinder the
movement of struc-ture-to-be secured* relative to the
surfaces in at least one direction, (b) prevent or hinder the
separation of distinct portions of the
structure-to-be-secured* from each other, or (c) perform a
securement of structure-to-be-secured* by overedge engagement
thereof. The gripping surfaces of the coacting members or
member segments are intended to be always easily moved into
and out of engagement with the structure-to-be-secured* by
either direct manual or tool force thereon or actuation of an
attached operator*. In addition, both of the coacting members
or member segment, when engaging with or disengaging from the
structure-to-be-secured*, do not exceed the elastic limit of
or destroy any portion of the securing mechanism or element.
If the mechanism or element is formed from either a single
piece or plural fixedly attached pieces of rigid* material,
then the structural shape of the gripping surfaces and the
outward force of the compressed structure-to-be-secured*
provide the gripping force required above.
CLIP(*)
A securing mechanism or element including a member which (1)
is intended to be connected or attached to a rigid or
semirigid supporting member (e.g., wall, floor, roof) or
article (e.g., pen, vehicle) having an additional and usually
principle function other than normally associated with this
class, and (2) has a gripping surface intended to coact with
the surface of the supporting member or article to engage the
opposite sides of a distinct structure-to-be-secured*
positioned therebetween to prevent or hinder either (a) the
movement of the structure-to-be-secured* relative to the
surfaces in one direction, or (b) the separation of a
structure-to-be-secured* from the supporting member or
article.
The gripping surface of the member is intended to be always
easily moved into and out of engagement with the
structure-to-be-secured* by either direct manual or tool
force thereon or actuation of an attached operator*. In
addition, the gripping surface, when engaging with or
disengaging from the structure-to-be-secured does not exceed
the elastic limit of or destroy any portion of the securing
mechanism or element. If the mechanism or element is formed
from either a single piece or plural fixedly attached pieces
of rigid* material, then the structural shape of the gripping
surfaces and the outward force of the compressed
structure-to-be-secured provide the gripping force required
above.
DRAWSTRING*
A securing mechanism including both a string (i.e., a thin
elongated flaccid member) and guiding means therefor (e.g.,
eyelet, hollow hem) located on a portion of the
structure-to-be-secured* which surrounds an opening; wherein
the string (a) encircles the opening, (b) draws the perimeter
of the structure-to-be-secured* toward the center of the
opening to close or tighten it when a portion of the string
is pulled through its guiding means to shorten the effective
length of the remaining portion of the string encircling the
opening, and (c) secures the perimeter of the
structure-to-be-secured* in its new position when the
extracted portion of the string which was pulled through the
guide means is prevented from moving (e.g., tied).
FLACCID*
Structure which, when subjected to a distortion force less
than or equal to earth's gravitational force, is incapable
(in at least one of its orientations) of maintaining its
previous formational shape or being self-supporting over any
appreciable dimension.
HAND-ACTUATED(*); HAND-OPERATED(*)
The term hand-actuated or hand-operated is used in the sense
of like contact with a living being and solely applies to the
use of the hand in operating a fastener (i.e., moving
portions of the fastener relative to each other) of the Class
24 type.
LACED-FASTENER*
A securing mechanism including both a string (i.e., a thin
elongated flaccid* member) and guiding means (e.g., path
defining eyelets) therefor located on two spaced edges of the
structure-to-be-secured*; wherein the string (a) links
together the guiding means on opposite sides of and traverses
the gap between the edges, (b) draws the edges toward each
other when a portion of the string is pulled past its guiding
means to shorten the effective length of the remaining
portion of the string traversing the gap, and (c) secures the
edges in fixed relationship to each other when the extracted
portion of the string is prevented from moving (e.g., tied).
LOCKING MEANS*
A component having the sole function of restricting the
movement between and holding in a particular position or
orientation (e.g., not moving or reorienting) either (1) one
portion of the fastener relative to another portion of the
fastener, or (2) one fastener relative to another fastener.
OPERATOR*
A manipulable mechanical means which contacts and moves with
respect to a shiftable portion of a fastener mechanism to
reposition or transmit an input force to the shiftable
portion. A mere spring which effects the movement of the
parts of the fastener mechanism, for example, by utilizing
stored energy to return its parts to a starting position, is
not included in the meaning of this term.
PIN*
A securing mechanism having both (a) a portion specifically
shaped (e.g., pointed) to facilitate impaling of and
penetration into either the structure-to-be-secured* or a
supporting member therefor during its operation and (b) a
remaining portion (e.g., head) not intended to penetrate
either the structure-to-be-secured* or a supporting member
therefor in the final securing position of the mechanism. In
addition, the penetrating portion of the securing mechanism
is intended to be always easily impaled into and extracted
from the penetrated area of the structure-to-be-secured* or
its supporting member by unaided directed manual force.
Finally, the normal securing or releasing operation of the
mechanism requires no portion of the mechanism to be
destroyed or undergo forces in excess of those causing
plastic deformation of the material from which it is
constructed.
RESILIENT*
Structure which is both capable (a) of distortion when
subjected to a force of the magnitude normally encountered
within the disclosed environment and (b) of complete
resumption of its original shape due to the energy stored
within it by the distortion force after its removal.
RIGID*
Structure which when subjected to a distortion force normally
encountered within the environment (as defined by the
disclosure and associated with the securing operation of a
Class 24 fastener) is capable of resisting this force if
applied to the structure in any orientation and maintaining
its previous formational shape thereafter.
SEMIRIGID*
Structure which is both (a) capable of resisting distortion
(i.e., maintaining its previous formational shape or being
self supporting over all appreciable dimensions) caused by a
force applied to it in any of its orientations which is of a
magnitude equal to or less than the earth's gravitational
force and (b) incapable of resisting distortion caused by a
force applied to it which is normally encountered in its
working environment (e.g., ductile or resilient* structure).
SEPARABLE-FASTENER*
A securing mechanism including two, separate, dissociable,
mating members having faces which directly or through a
separate linking member (1) contact and interlock (i.e., the
movement between the faces is restricted in the direction
force is transmitted thereto by the structure-to-be-secured*)
with each other when fastening either (a) spaced portions of
the structure-to-be-secured* together, or (b) the
structure-to-be-secured* to a supporting member having a
principle function not associated with this class (e.g.,
door, wall) and (2) are intended to be always easily
associated or dissociated from each other either by direct
manual force or by actuation of an operator* attached to one
of the members. Both of the mating members of this mechanism
are intended to be attached to or formed from a section of
either the structure-to-be-secured* or a supporting member
therefor and neither of these members is ever structurally
linked to the other by any structure other than the
structure-to-be-secured* when their faces are not in their
interlock position. In addition, both of the members when
associated or dissociated do not exceed the elastic limit, or
destroy any portion, or the material forming the faces.
STRUCTURE-TO-BE-SECURED*
Structure having a principle function other than that
normally associated with this class (i.e., not a component of
a Class 24 fastener) which is attached, fastened, gripped, or
secured by a Class 24 fastener, either to itself or to
another structure.
SUPPORT-CLAMP(*)
A securing mechanism or element which (1) is attached to the
structure-to-be-secured* for subsequently mounting it on a
rigid* or semirigid* member (e.g., wall, floor, roof) or
article (e.g., pen, vehicle) having an additional and usually
principal function other than normally associated with this
class, and (2) having either (a) a gripping surface which is
mounted to and intended to coact with an opposed gripping
surface formed by the structure-to-be-secured* to engage the
opposite sides of the rigid or semirigid member or article
positioned therebetween, or (b) two coacting members or
member segments having gripping surfaces which engage
opposite sides of the rigid* or semirigid* member or article
in a jawlike manner, and (3) having structure which hinders
the movement of the gripping surfaces relative to the member
or article and prevents the separation of the
structure-to-be-secured* from the member or article. The
gripping surfaces of the securing mechanism or element are
intended to be always easily moved into and out of engagement
with the rigid* or semirigid* member or article by either
direct manual or tool force thereon or actuation of an
operator* attached to the securing mechanism or element. In
addition, the gripping surfaces of the securing mechanism or
element, when engaging with or disengaging from the rigid* or
semirigid* member or article, do not exceed the elastic limit
of or destroy any portion of the securing mechanism or
element. If the mechanism or element is formed from either a
single piece or plural fixedly attached pieces of rigid*
material, then the structural shape of the gripping surfaces
and the outward force of the compressed
structure-to-be-secured* provides the gripping force required
above.
TOOLS(*)
An instrument for affecting the operation of a Class 24
fastener usually operated by hand and totally separable from
the fastener after affecting operation.
ZIPPER(*)
A mechanism for either closing an opening in
structure-to-be-secured*, or connecting together separate
members of structure to be secured* including (a) two,
opposed, elongated, cooperating, configured surfaces which
are attached to the structure-to-be-secured* by mounting
means and intended to directly contact and interlock with
each other (i.e., the movement between the configured
surfaces is restricted in the direction force is transmitted
thereto by the structure-to-be-secured*) when closing or
connecting, and (b) a sliding device which is much shorter in
length than the surfaces and which travels along the length
of the surfaces sequentially contacting and simultaneously
camming against each segments of both surfaces to forcibly
shift them into or out of interlocking engagement, the
direction of travel of the device generally being
perpendicular to the shifting motion of the interlocking
configured surfaces.
SUBCLASSES
Subclass:
1
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices
not otherwise classifiable.
Subclass:
2
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices
specially adapted for the purpose of keeping albums and other
books closed when not in use.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
70, Locks, appropriate subclasses for similar fastening
devices as in this subclass (2) and their specific details.
292, Closure Fasteners, appropriate subclasses for similar
fastening devices as in this subclass (2) and their specific
details.
Subclass:
2.5
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices
comprising bands which hold the barrel of a firearm to the
stock and in addition perform some other function, e.g.,
support a hook and/or one or more loops.
(1) Note. The loops may be utilized for anchoring a gun
sling and/or for gun stacking purpose.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
265 for strap-end-attaching devices.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
42, Firearms, subclass 85 for gun slings.
248, Supports, subclasses 683+ for article carried supports
which support the article when in storage and remain with the
article when in use.
Subclass:
3.1
ARTICLE HOLDER ATTACHABLE TO APPAREL OR BODY:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Device
for fastening or holding an article (e.g., pencil, flower,
napkin, spectacle, spectacle case, scissor) which is to be
carried about on clothing, belt, or part of body.
(1) Note. Holder in this subclass is specially adapted for
carrying a specific article.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
40, Card, Picture, Or Sign Exhibiting, subclass 299.01,
particularly subclasses 642.02+ and 658+ for ticket-holders.
224, Package and Article Carriers, subclasses 101+ for
carrying devices that are: (1) intended for personal wear or
(2) supported on a person.
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, subclasses 96+ for
body supported reel devices wherein many of the reeled
strands are adapted to be connected with, or attached to, an
article (usually some article for personal use or wear) and
subclass 136 for spool-holders attached to the person.
Subclass:
3.11
Article held by clip with spring (e.g., leaf, coil) member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which
the article carrying structure includes a gripping member and
a distinct elastic spring, separate from the gripping member,
to firmly force the gripping members to engage a garment
(e.g., belt, shirt, pants) or hat.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
224, Package and Article Carriers, subclass 252 for clip
attaching receiver to support means on bearer.
Subclass:
3.12
Article held by clip:
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which
the article carrying structure is an elastic clamp to grip a
garment (e.g., belt, shirt, pants) or hat.
Subclass:
3.13
Article held by flexible connector (e.g., chain):
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which
the article carrying structure is in the form of a pliable
link between the article at one end (e.g, a watch, pacifier,
key ring, ID) and the garment fastening point at the other
end (e.g., a buttonhole, pocket).
Subclass:
3.2
Arm or leg carried holder:
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which
the article carrying structure is located on the part of the
body either between the shoulder and the fingers or between
the hip and the toes.
Subclass:
3.3
Eyeglass holder including retaining means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which
the article is a frame for holding vision correction lenses
wherein the article carrying structure fastens to the frame
and also has a means to fix said article carrying structure
in the fastening position to the supporting structure.
Subclass:
3.4
Neck supported holder:
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which
the article carrying structure is located on the part of the
body between the head and shoulders.
Subclass:
3.5
Holder contains pocket engager (e.g., antitheft device,
wallet protector):
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which
the article carrying structure has means to contact a piece
of material sewed onto the outside of a garment with the top
edge open.
Subclass:
3.6
Key ring holder:
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which
the article carrying structure is designed to hold an
implement to open a lock.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
70, Locks, subclass 459 for key holders combined with other
articles.
Subclass:
3.7
Receptacle type holder:
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which
the article carrying structure is a small container designed
to hold personal items (e.g., hair pins, cigarettes, rulers,
money).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
3.3 for eyeglass holder including retaining means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
224, Package and Article Carriers, subclass 163 for carriers
mounted on or formed as a part of a belt buckle and subclass
269 for a clip or hook attaching an article carrier to
support means on a bearer.
Subclass:
3.8
Eyeglass or spectacle case:
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.7. Device in which
the article carrying structure is designed to hold vision
correction lenses and frame.
Subclass:
3.9
Open-ended holster type holder:
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which
the article carrying structure is tubular shaped and designed
to restrain small personal implements within the perimeter of
the shape.
Subclass:
4
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Devices which
are adapted for holding chatelaine-bags. The hook is provided
with a safety device to prevent loss of the bag.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
224, Package and Article Carriers, subclass 194, 269, and
660+ for similar devices where the purpose of transportation
prevails.
Subclass:
5
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Devices
designed especially to hold flowers in those cases where the
flowers are to be attached to the clothing.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 10+ for pencil holders.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
47, Plant Husbandry, subclass 41.01 for other cut flower or
plant holders having moisture retaining means. See also the
notes to that subclass for search fields for other types of
cut flower or plant holders.
132, Toilet, subclasses 46+ for such devices to be attached
to the hair.
Subclass:
6
This subclass is indented under subclass 5. Devices attached
by means of a pin fastening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
12 for pin attached pencil holders.
Subclass:
7
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Devices
containing features which make them specially adapted for use
as napkin-holders. Includes holders which are convertible
into napkin-rings when desired.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, appropriate subclasses, for
napkin holders comprising mere tubular structure.
248, Supports, appropriate subclasses, for napkin holders
which include support structure such as stands, brackets, or
supporting bases.
Subclass:
8
This subclass is indented under subclass 7. Devices attached
by a hook.
Subclass:
9
This subclass is indented under subclass 7. Devices
encircling the neck of the wearer.
Subclass:
10
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Devices
especially adapted for the purpose of holding pencils and
like articles in pockets, including pencil-holders attached
to the clothing.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 5+ for flower holders.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 249 and 250 for pockets with article
attaching or retaining features; and subclass 252 for closing
attachments.
150, Purses, Wallets, and Protective Covers, subclass 106,
112+ and 132+ for purses and wallets which have means to hold
articles.
401, Coating Implements With Material Supply, subclass 52,
104+ and 195, for a patent to the combination of a writing
implement and means to retain it in a garment pocket, wherein
more of the implement structure is claimed than is necessary
to establish the relationship of the retaining means
therewith.
Subclass:
11
This subclass is indented under subclass 10. Pencil-holders
which are attached by means of a clasp.
(1) Note. Class 401, Coating Implements With Material
Supply, includes the following subclasses which are loci for
patents to an implement with material supply in which a clasp
is associated with another device: 52, with a pencil, or the
like; 104+, with project-retract mechanism; and 195, with a
tool which applies or spreads fluent coating material.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
30, Cutlery, subclass 123, for a pencil attachment including
a clasp and a cutter.
Subclass:
12
This subclass is indented under subclass 10. Devices attached
by means of a pin-fastening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
6 for pin attached flower holders.
Subclass:
13
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Article-Holders
which have a pin attachment.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, subclasses 371+ for a
spring powered reel of general use and subclasses 136+ for a
strand spool holder.
Subclass:
15
This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Devices for
holding the inner coat-sleeve while an outer coat is being
put on. This subclass also includes other sleeve-holders
which do not come under the above definition, but are placed
there because they are sleeve-holders nominally.
Subclass:
16
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices
especially adapted for bundling papers, bales, packets, etc.,
and for clamping hoses, by means of straps, bands or the
like.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 115+ for devices for holding the ends of cords
or ropes.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
99, Foods and Beverages: Apparatus, subclass 350 for bands
or binders for cooking food.
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, subclass 99 for similar
devices to be used as a patch for a leaky pipe or hose.
217, Wooden Receptacles, subclasses 66+ for similar devices
adapted for use on wooden boxes by reason of fastenings, and
subclasses 91+ for barrel hoops. Barrel hoops consisting of a
strip, with means for securing the ends together, except for
tightening the hoop are in this class (24).
410, Freight Accommodation on Freight Carrier, subclasses 34+
for a wraparound load binder securing a group of articles
to a freight carrier surface; and subclasses 97+ for a
wraparound similarly securing general freight load units.
Subclass:
17
This subclass is indented under subclass 16. Devices
specially adapted for bundling or packing such articles as
sheet-paper, currency, gloves, and the like, but excludes
such as are receptacles. They consist of various arrangements
of bands, straps, cords, and wires in connection with some
form of tying or fastening means. On account of the close
similarity in structure umbrella-ties, trunk strap
fastenings, bag-holders, etc., have been included where the
invention is not classifiable as a fastening device simply.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
30.5 for bag-fasteners which are peculiarly adapted for
closing bags.
subclasses 66+ for devices adapted for holding the edges or
ends of a number of sheets of paper so as to permit writing
on same or reference to individual sheets.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclasses 311+, particularly subclasses 321+ for
similar devices in garment supporters and retainers.
100, Presses, subclass 212 for pressing devices not
elsewhere provided for which are supported from the ground or
from a material penetrating element and in which the material
is pressed within a bendable filament, strand or band by
contracting it around the material. See the reference to
Class 24 in the class definition of Class 100 for a statement
of the line between the classes.
190, Trunks and Hand-Carried Luggage, subclass 27 for
combinations of straps suitable for securing trunks in their
closed position or straps attached to the trunks.
229, Envelopes, Wrappers, and Paperboard Boxes, subclass 78.1
for metallic closure fasteners for paper envelopes.
292, Closure Fasteners, subclass 325 for seal type strap-end
fasteners.
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, subclass 137
for similar devices in which a handle or carrying portion is
included.
Subclass:
18
This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Packet-holders
which make use of cord or rope and have a metallic fastener
for holding the ends and which provide for the cord passing
about the package in two directions.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
115 when the cord-holder is intended for cords which only
pass around the package in one direction.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
292, Closure Fasteners, subclasses 307+ for seals, per se,
and subclass 327 for seal bolts.
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, subclass 149
for hand-held article carriers having similar structure.
Subclass:
19
This subclass is indented under subclass 16. Devices relating
to means for tightening the bundling or clamping straps or
bands.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
12 for lashing means, including a tightener for securing a
four-wheel vehicle to the freight carrier on which it is
shipped.
32 for tightener fasteners for driving-belts.
subclasses 38+ in which the load unit is a group of
articles;
subclasses 68+ for strap-tightener fasteners, per se.
100 in which the load unit is indiscriminate freight and the
lashing means is a wraparound.
103 for a lashing subcombination to an anchor which, in this
subclass, includes a tightener.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
54, Harness, subclass 27 for hame fasteners with a lever.
100, Presses, subclass 212 for pressing devices not
elsewhere provided for, which are supported from the ground
or from a material penetrating element and in which the
material is pressed within a bendable filament, strand or
band by contracting it around the material. See the reference
to Class 24 in the class definition of Class 100 for a
statement of the line between the classes.
215, Bottles and Jars, subclasses 273+ for closure
fasteners for bottles and jars.
217, Wooden Receptacles, subclasses 94+ for barrel hoops
with tighteners permanently a part thereof.
220, Receptacles, subclasses 320+ for similar fasteners for
metallic receptacle closures.
254, Implements or Apparatus for Applying Pushing or Pulling
Force, subclasses 199+ for portable implements or apparatus
used to tension flexible material (e.g., package ties) from
which the implement or apparatus is then detached after the
desired amount of tension is applied.
269, Work Holders, appropriate subclasses. Class 269 is the
residual locus for patents to a device for clamping,
supporting and/or holding an article (or articles) in
position to be operated on or treated. See notes thereunder
for other related loci.
285, Pipe Joints or Couplings, subclasses 365+ and 407+ for
flanged pipe couplings comprising band clamps with means to
draw pipe ends together.
292, Closure Fasteners, appropriate subclasses for other
closure fasteners.
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, subclass 150
for hand-held article carriers having an article-retaining
strap and a strap tightener.
301, Land Vehicles: Wheels and Axles, subclasses 87+ for
nonresilient tires which include a tightener fastener.
410, Freight Accommodation on Freight Carrier, for a
tightener used with means (e.g., wraparound means) lashing a
load unit to a freight carrier, the following subclasses
being particularly relevant:
Subclass:
20
This subclass is indented under subclass 16. Devices in which
the tie is a metallic band, and the connection is made by
means of some integral part of the band, either by bending,
cutting, or forming up a portion of the same. Devices are
also included where the invention is the band itself.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
100, Presses, subclass 212 for pressing devices not
elsewhere provided for, which are supported from the ground
or from a material penetrating element and in which the
material is pressed within a bendable filament, strand or
band by contracting it around the material. See the reference
to Class 24 in the class definition of Class 100 for a
statement of the line between the classes.
Subclass:
21
This subclass is indented under subclass 20. Devices where
the metal band is connected by means of a separate part or
parts.
Subclass:
22
This subclass is indented under subclass 21. Devices where
the separate connection is made of one piece.
Subclass:
23
This subclass is indented under subclass 22. Devices where
the connection is made of sheet metal.
Subclass:
24
This subclass is indented under subclass 21. Devices where
the connecting parts are pivoted together.
Subclass:
25
This subclass is indented under subclass 21. Devices where
wedges or rolls are used to clamp the band in the
connection.
Subclass:
26
This subclass is indented under subclass 21. Devices where
the connection is made of wire.
Subclass:
27
This subclass is indented under subclass 16. Devices composed
of wire, having the ends so made or formed as to be capable
of fastening without other parts.
Subclass:
28
This subclass is indented under subclass 27. Devices where
the wire tie is fastened by means of a separate connection.
Subclass:
29
This subclass is indented under subclass 28. Devices where
the separate connection is also of wire.
Subclass:
30
This subclass is indented under subclass 16. Devices where
the tie is made of wood and is usually used as a barrel-hoop.
Some are made with a separate metallic connecting part.
Subclass:
30.5
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices
fastening around the neck of a bag for holding the same
closed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
383, Flexible Bags, subclasses 42+ for a fastener combined
with a bag.
Subclass:
31
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices
specially adapted for connecting together the ends of
driving-belts.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 123+ for couplings or fasteners for round belts
or ropes.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, appropriate
subclasses, for a stock material product in the form of a
single or plural layer web or sheet.
474, Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components,
particularly subclass 218 and 253+ for belt connectors in
combination with power transmission belts to form an endless
loop by connecting opposite ends of a band.
Subclass:
32
This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Devices where
the additional function permits adjustment at any time when
the belt is too loose or too tight.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
69, Leather Manufactures, subclass 1.5 for devices wherein
initial stretch is taken out of the belt.
254, Implements or Apparatus for Applying Pushing or Pulling
Force, subclass 199 for portable implements or apparatus
used to tension flexible material from which the implement or
apparatus is then detached after the desired amount of
tension is applied.
Subclass:
33
This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Devices hinged
so as to facilitate its passage over a pulley.
Subclass:
34
This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Devices for
lacing belts by means of flexible laces.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
39 for wire lacing.
subclasses 712+ for a laced-fastener*.
Subclass:
35
This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Belt-fasteners
which are made of a single integral piece for the entire
connection or joint.
Subclass:
36
This subclass is indented under subclass 35. Devices
including one- piece connections in which prongs are passed
through the belt and are then bent or turned over to complete
the fastening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
31 for rivet-fastenings.
subclasses 94+ for deflecting-prong button fastenings.
Subclass:
37
This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Devices fastened
to the belt ends by screws.
Subclass:
38
This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Devices where
the belt ends are cut in various ways and spliced together to
make the connection.
Subclass:
39
This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Devices made of
wire. This subclass includes wire-lacing devices.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
123 for round belts or driving-ropes.
subclasses 712+ for a laced fastener*.
Subclass:
40
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices
for drawing a button into engagement with a buttonhole, used
principally on gloves shoes, corsets, collars, and cuffs.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
132, Toilet, subclasses 79+ for toilet kits which may
include a shoe buttoner combined with other toilet devices.
Subclass:
41.1
CUFF HOLDER:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Device
specially adapted for the purpose of holding a separate wrist
encircling cuff to a sleeve.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 97+ and 102+, for cuff links which close a wrist
encircling cuff.
subclasses 455+ for clasps.
subclasses 572+ for separable fasteners.
Subclass:
42
This subclass is indented under subclass 41.1. Cuff-holders
in which adjustment of the cuff is obtained by means of a
special provision in the device.
Subclass:
43
This subclass is indented under subclass 41.1. Devices having
a clasp to grip a sleeve and a button to engage the cuff.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
342.1 for other clasp-button fasteners.
Subclass:
44
This subclass is indented under subclass 41.1. Cuff holders
having a clasp for the cuff and a clasp for a sleeve.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
335 for other clasp-clasp fasteners.
Subclass:
45
This subclass is indented under subclass 41.1. Cuff holders
having a clasp for a sleeve and a hook to engage the
buttonhole of the cuff.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 343+ for other clasp-hook fasteners.
Subclass:
46
This subclass is indented under subclass 41.1. Cuff holders
having a clasp at one end of the same and a pin-fastening at
the other end.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 351+ for other clasp-pin fasteners.
Subclass:
47
This subclass is indented under subclass 41.1. Devices
comprising a pin-fastening for a sleeve and a button for the
cuff.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
305 for other combined fasteners.
Subclass:
48
This subclass is indented under subclass 41.1. Cuff holders
having a pin-fastening at one end and any form of attachment
at the other end.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
46 for clasp-pin cuff holders.
47 for pin-button cuff holders.
subclasses 356+ and 706+, for other pin fasteners.
Subclass:
49.1
NECKTIE FASTENER:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Device
specially adapted for properly holding a necktie on a garment
for the upper part of the body.
(1) Note. Devices for engaging the fabric of the necktie
band itself are included.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 145 and 156 for any device, even in
combination with a fastener, which is necessary or requisite
in the formation of the tie, and subclass 157 for devices
which consist of a tip on the band and designed to lock in
some part of the necktie after having been adjusted.
Subclass:
50
This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Devices
specially adapted for fastening the band of a necktie, either
to prevent the same from riding up on the collar or for the
purpose of connecting the ends of the bands together.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 157, for special forms of band-tips used
in connection with a device on the necktie itself for
fastening the same.
Subclass:
51
This subclass is indented under subclass 50. Devices to hold
the band after being drawn up to its proper position about
the collar.
Subclass:
52
This subclass is indented under subclass 50. Devices
comprising a clasp for gripping the band.
Subclass:
53
This subclass is indented under subclass 50. Devices which
are specially designed to prevent the necktie band from
riding up over the collar.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
62 for collar buttons with a necktie clasp.
Subclass:
54
This subclass is indented under subclass 53. Devices
including a means of a connection with the collar-button.
Subclass:
55
This subclass is indented under subclass 53. Devices
including pin or spur attached devices.
Subclass:
56
This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Devices
attached to the necktie proper and adapted for engaging the
collar-button.
Subclass:
57
This subclass is indented under subclass 56. Devices
including means for adjusting the position of the necktie.
Subclass:
58
This subclass is indented under subclass 56. Devices
comprising a cord loop engaging the collar-button.
Subclass:
59
This subclass is indented under subclass 56. Devices wherein
the button engagement is obtained with the aid of pivoted or
sliding jaws.
Subclass:
60
This subclass is indented under subclass 56. Devices which
have some form of pin-fastening to engage the necktie.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
56 for those devices which include mere wire attachment or
those in which the prongs are bent over to permanently fasten
the device.
Subclass:
61
This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1.
Necktie-fastener combined with a collar-button.
Subclass:
62
This subclass is indented under subclass 61. Devices
including a clasp attached to the collar-button to hold the
necktie.
Subclass:
63
This subclass is indented under subclass 61. Devices
including a pin-fastener attached to the collar-button for
holding the necktie in place.
Subclass:
64
This subclass is indented under subclass 61. Devices in which
some form of separable fastener is used to connect the collar
button to the necktie attachment.
Subclass:
65
This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1.
Necktie-fasteners which consist of a hook which engages over
the collar or neckband.
Subclass:
66.1
Magnetic, adhesive, or snap type fastener connects tie to
shirt:
This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Device in
which the necktie holder comprises component elements
including (a) magnetic attraction, (b) adhesive or glue type
material, or (c) at least two interlocking type elements
which includes an element for attachment to a garment.
Subclass:
66.11
Ornamental:
This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Device in
which the necktie holder comprises a component designed for a
pleasing and attractive appearance.
Subclass:
66.12
Key shaped:
This subclass is indented under subclass 66.11. Device in
which the ornamental component has a shape of an implement to
open a lock.
Subclass:
66.13
Resilient clasp:
This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Device in
which the necktie holder comprises elastic gripping members
biased together by their own resilience.
Subclass:
66.2
Tie engaging loop with shirt engaging fastener:
This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Device in
which the necktie holder comprises a portion that loosely
surrounds the necktie and another portion which attaches to a
garment.
Subclass:
66.3
Tie knot engaging and collar attaching:
This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Device in
which the necktie holder comprises a portion secured to the
knot of a necktie interlaced part and another portion
attached to the neckline part of a garment.
Subclass:
66.4
Tie clip and shirt clasp attaching:
This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Device in
which the necktie holder comprises a necktie gripping portion
and a catch portion for securement to a garment.
Subclass:
66.5
Tie clip and fastening pin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Device in
which the necktie holder comprises a necktie gripping portion
and a garment penetrating member.
Subclass:
66.6
Tie pin with shirt fastener:
This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Device in
which the necktie holder comprises a necktie penetrating
member portion and another portion to grip a garment.
Subclass:
66.7
Tie stiffener with shirt fastener:
This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Device in
which the necktie holder comprises a stiff portion for
straightening a necktie and a portion to grip a garment.
Subclass:
66.8
With pivotal jaws having spring means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Device in
which the necktie holder comprises at least one pair of
gripping members hingedly secured to each other upon an axis
and a distinct means for resiliently biasing the two members
into a clamping position.
Subclass:
66.9
Slider:
This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Device in
which the necktie holder comprises a generally tubular shaped
portion which is configured to surround the necktie.
Subclass:
67
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Device
including means to clamp or adhere a sheet-like body to a
base or to a second sheet-like body.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 455+ for clasps*, clips* or support-clamps*.
subclasses 706+ for paper pin-fasteners.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclasses 530+ for
a hinge mounted display item (e.g., sheet, etc.), subclasses
388+, for a hinge-mounted file item.
211, Supports: Racks, appropriate subclasses for built-up
open structures (e.g., racks, frames, etc.), including sheet
holding means.
225, Severing by Tearing or Breaking, subclasses 27+ for a
severing device of this class in combination with clamp
holding means for securing a pad, a book or a stack of
individual sheets, which sheets are severed (e.g., ripped,
torn, broken, etc.), by manually forcing a portion of the
sheet against a fixed edge of the severing device.
281, Books, Strips, and Leaves, subclasses 45+ for a book
or leaf holder of that class.
312, Supports: Cabinet Structure, appropriate subclasses for
a cabin of that class including sheet holding means (e.g.,
clamp, follower, etc.), disposed therein. (See especially
subclasses 183+ ).
402, Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or Notch of
Sheet, appropriate subclasses, for a device including a sheet
retainer which passes through a sheet opening and releasably
secures such sheet.
Subclass:
67.1
This subclass is indented under subclass 67. Device wherein
the clamping action of the clamp means is accomplished by
means in the form of (1) a series of discreat recesses or (2)
a continuous helical groove.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
402, Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or Notch of
Sheet, subclasses 46+ for sheet retainers which may include
notched or threaded securing means.
Subclass:
67.11
This subclass is indented under subclass 67.9. Device wherein
the clamp means is mounted on a base which base underlies a
portion of the sheet.
Subclass:
67.3
This subclass is indented under subclass 67. Device wherein
the clamping action of the clamp means is accomplished by
spring-like elastic means.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
67 for a fastener of a readily deformable material which is
bent to engage and secure the paper.
67.1 for a resiliently biased fastener including a
screw-threaded or notched securing means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
402, Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or Notch of
Sheet, subclasses 70+ for a similar device wherein that
portion of the fastener engaging the sheet includes means
(e.g., teeth, etc.), which penetrate the sheet.
Subclass:
67.5
This subclass is indented under subclass 67.3. Device
provided with manipulating means (e.g., handle) operable to
disengage or engage the clamp means.
Subclass:
67.7
This subclass is indented under subclass 67.5. Device wherein
the means to manipulate the clamp means open is rotatably
mounted on one or more discrete hinge pins.
Subclass:
67.9
This subclass is indented under subclass 67.3. Device wherein
the paper clamp means is a unitary body.
Subclass:
68
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices
usually used in place of buckles on shoes, gloves, corsets,
belts, etc. The distinction from other forms of fastenings
lies in the drawing-up or strap-tightening feature of the
device.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
19 for strap tighteners.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
36, Boots, Shoes, and Leggings, subclasses 64+ for this
device with detachable antislipping means for shoes, boots,
etc.
54, Harness, subclass 27 for this device in combination with
a harness hame.
152, Resilient Tires and Wheels, subclasses 241+ for
tighteners in combination with resilient tire antiskid
devices.
254, Implements or Apparatus for Applying Pushing or Pulling
Force, subclasses 199+ for portable implements or apparatus
used to tension flexible material (e.g., straps) from which
the implement or apparatus is then detached after the desired
amount of tension is applied.
292, Closure Fasteners, subclass 246 for bolts in the form
of swinging loops, bails or open links.
Subclass:
69
This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Devices
comprising levers, usually pivoted, which pass through a loop
and are turned down, the parts being drawn together by this
movement.
Subclass:
70
This subclass is indented under subclass 69. Devices
adjustable by means of a step-by-step movement.
Subclass:
71
This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Devices wherein
a lever and a strap are permanently connected together.
Subclass:
71.1
This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Devices adapted
to be attached to a wire or other line at a point in its
length and to take up slack, remaining a permanent part of
the line. Combinations of said device with tools for use
particularly therewith are here.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 115+ for mere cord and rope adjusters not having
a drawing up or tightening feature.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
211, Supports: Racks, subclass 119.15, for midline tighteners
combined with clothesline props.
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, subclass 388.1 for a
reeling device adapted to grip a midportion of an elongated
material which may include a midline tightener.
267, Spring Devices, subclasses 69+ for midline tighteners
in the form of mere spring devices.
Subclass:
72.1
TROUSER GUARDS, CLIPS, STRAPS (E.G., ABOVE SHOETOPS):
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Device
specially adapted for binding or holding to the lower leg of
the user the lowest portion of a garment that extends from
the waist to the shoetops.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 530+ for circular resilient clasps*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 47, 222, and 232 for the combination of
a fastener and a garment.
36, Boots, Shoes, and Leggings, subclass 56 and 70 for the
combination of a device and boots, shoes, etc.
Subclass:
72.5
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices
specially adapted for holding bedclothes in position.
(1) Note. See the search notes to this subclass located
under subclass 455 for the classification line maintained
between this subclass and subclasses 455+ during the
reclassification of the clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* art.
No attempt was made to transfer patents not conforming to
this line from the bedclothes holder subclass to the clasp*,
clip*, or support-clamp* subclasses during the
reclassification of the clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp*
art.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
5, Beds, subclass 494 and 498 for devices accessory to a bed
for holding bedclothes in close position over the sleeper or
for holding such clothes closely to the bed when up-ended.
Subclass:
72.7
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices
comprising nongripping type fasteners for use with frames or
other apparatus in the stretching of a fabric, hide, or other
sheet material, having (1) a leading end (e.g., a rigid arm
or flexible strand) adapted to pass through an opening in the
material sheet, and (2) a trailing end (the cross-bar of the
T) which trailing end is too large to pass through the
opening so that when the leading end is tensioned, the
cross-bar exerts a pull on the sheet material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
41.1 for cuff holders.
67 for paper fasteners.
90.1 especially subclass 102 for buttons.
subclasses 115+ for cord and rope holders.
230.5 for hooks.
265 for strap-end-attaching devices.
435 for an independent, headed, aperture-pass-through
fastener.
subclasses 573+ for a three part separable-fastener*
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
16, Miscellaneous Hardware, subclasses 4+ for stretching
type carpet fasteners.
38, Textiles: Ironing or Smoothing, subclasses 102+ for
textile sheet stretching and spreading apparatus; e.g.,
subclasses 102.1+, for a stretching frame.
69, Leather Manufactures, subclass 1.5 for leather, canvas
or other belt stretching apparatus and subclasses 19.1+ for a
skin or hide stretcher.
118, Coating Apparatus, subclass 33 for coating apparatus
combined with stretching means.
140, Wireworking, subclasses 108+ for wire fabric
stretching apparatus and subclasses 123.5+ for wire
stretching implements.
160, Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclasses 328+ for means to engage opposite edges of a
fabric panel to mount and stretch the same, and subclasses
372+ and 378 for fabric panels mounted in frames having
fabric stretching features.
Subclass:
89
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices
provided with button-engaging parts and also with a
pin-fastening, the pin-fastening being designed to be used
when the other fastening gives out for any reason.
Subclass:
90.1
BUTTON WITH FASTENER:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Device
comprising a disk-shaped body and the various means for
attaching the body onto a supporting substrate (e.g., a
garment).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
111 for buttons with separate thread bars.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclass 315 for a
button carrying indicia.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous articles, subclasses 3+
for ornamental features on buttons.
Subclass:
90.5
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Buttons having
devices additional to the conventional parts of a button for
guarding against unbuttoning and devices peculiar to that
use.
Subclass:
91
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Buttons
usually used as collar-buttons in which there is some means
for adjusting the button.
Subclass:
92
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. A button
having a shank made of cloth for use in attaching the button.
Also includes buttons covered with cloth.
Subclass:
93
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Devices in
which several buttons are fastened on by means of a common
fastener.
Subclass:
94
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Devices having
fasteners in which metal prongs or rivets are bent over or
upset in attaching the button.
Subclass:
95
This subclass is indented under subclass 94. Devices provided
with a part which deflects the prongs by contact and pressure
thus doing away with riveting tools.
Subclass:
96
This subclass is indented under subclass 94. Devices where
the prongs or rivets are a part of the button or are firmly
attached and are pushed through the material, being clenched
on the opposite side. Those using washers are also included
if they have no part in deflecting the prongs.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
146 for hook-stud lacing devices.
Subclass:
97
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Devices where
the button is of the type in which movable leaves permit the
easy insertion of the button in the buttonhole, after which
the leaves prevent the withdrawal of the button.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 609+ for separable-fastener* projection having
pivotally connected components.
Subclass:
98
This subclass is indented under subclass 97. Devices where
the leaves swing about the axis of the button.
Subclass:
99
This subclass is indented under subclass 97. Devices having
two hinged leaves. It does not include those in which there
is one hinged leaf and one rigid leaf, these being found in
subclass 97.
Subclass:
100
This subclass is indented under subclass 97. Devices where
there is a sliding movement of the leaf. It includes those in
which there is a combined pivoted and sliding movement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
100.5 for sliding bar type buttons and fasteners.
Subclass:
100.5
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Buttons having
a transversely sliding member which is retracted for the
purpose of removing the button.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
100 for sliding hinged leaf type.
Subclass:
101
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Buttons of the
collar or cuff button type which are either made of one piece
or are so built up as to be a rigid button when complete, and
thus equivalent to an integral button.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
90.1 for other one-piece buttons, such as those which are to
be sewed on. for button pads.
713.9 for a hook shaped lace directing means.
Subclass:
102
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Buttons with
two heads, adapted for use on cuffs, mattress tufting, and
similar uses.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
5, Beds, subclass 408 and 696, for tufted mattresses and
cushions.
29, Metal Working, subclasses 91+ for upholstery making.
Subclass:
103
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Buttons,
badges, etc., which are attached to the garment by means of a
pin, provide the invention lies in the pin fastening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
63 for collar button type.
Subclass:
104
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Buttons of the
type in which two parts are adapted to be joined together or
separated at will.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
64 for separable fasteners in necktie-collar button
combinations.
subclasses 572+ for other separable fasteners.
Subclass:
105
This subclass is indented under subclass 104. Devices where
one part is screwed into another part.
Subclass:
106
This subclass is indented under subclass 104. Devices where
the two parts are sprung together.
Subclass:
107
This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Devices which
have resilient or spring heads and rigid sockets.
Subclass:
108
This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Devices where
the socket member contains the resilient part.
Subclass:
109
This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Devices where
the head is rotated to connect or disconnect the two
members.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 590+ for head and socket type fasteners with
rotating head.
Subclass:
110
This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Devices where
the two parts are sprung together, and there is some
independent device which must be operated to release the
parts.
Subclass:
111
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Devices where
the thread-bar is a separate piece.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
90.1 for integral and other thread-bars.
Subclass:
112
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Devices where
the engaging part is a spiral which is screwed into the
buttonhole.
Subclass:
113
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Devices
relating to the cover of the button or in the mode of
applying the same. Usually the idea is to permit the use of
various covers as occasion arises.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclass 315 for
devices to be applied to buttons carrying indicia such as
conductor, motorman, etc.
63, Jewelry, subclasses 26+ for devices for attaching
stones or like ornaments, even though to a button, and the
devices are not peculiar to buttons.
Subclass:
114
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Devices with
protecting-pads so attached to the buttons that metallic
contact with the skin is prevented.
Subclass:
114.05
Button with shank for friction grip fastener:
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Device in
which the disk-shaped body comprises a shaft portion,
extending from a rear face of the body, adapted to be
securely inserted into a receiving hole of a dissociable
mating member.
Subclass:
114.1
Flexible button:
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Device in
which the disk-shaped body is made of an elastic material to
permit the body to flex so as to pass through a buttonhole.
Subclass:
114.11
For cuff or collar:
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Device in
which the disk-shaped body is designed to secure either a
wrist encircling portion or a neck encircling band of a
shirt.
Subclass:
114.12
Fabric embracing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Device in
which the disk-shaped body is covered with a piece of cloth.
Subclass:
114.2
Swivel button:
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Device in
which the disk-shaped body comprises a peripheral portion
which can be freely revolved on a central supporting
structure when attached to the garment.
Subclass:
114.3
Tufting type:
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Device in
which the disk-shaped body is for upholstery.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
5, Beds, subclass 696 for an uphostered mattress or cushion
which has tufting.
Subclass:
114.4
Button with cavity for friction grip fastener:
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Device wherein
the disk-shaped body contains a bore, indentation, or slot
into which a complementary portion of the attaching means is
placed for securement.
Subclass:
114.5
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices
forming a part of or in the nature of an attachment to strap,
chain, cable, pipe or the like, constituting an enlargement
thereof and designed for use as a trip or obstacle to the
free passage of said strap, chain, cable or pipe through
other members.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
59, Chain, Staple, and Horseshoe Making, subclass 93 for
chain attachments.
175, Boring or Penetrating the Earth, particularly subclass
422 for a clasp (e.g., a well slip assembly) which
separately travels with an earth boring shaft or which
cooperates with specifically shaped well structure which
stops or actuates the clasp.
Subclass:
114.6
Heat or adhesive secured type:
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Device in
which the disk-shaped body is attached by means of either (a)
a thermally fusible material, or (b) an adhesive or glue type
material.
Subclass:
114.7
Thread or wire through apertured button:
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Device in
which the disk-shaped body is attached by means of a filament
type material through holes in the body.
Subclass:
114.8
Eye shank type button:
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Device in
which the disk-shaped body comprises a shaft portion
extending from a rear face of the body and turning into a
loop to receive the attachment means.
Subclass:
114.9
Ornamental type:
This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Device in
which the disk-shaped body is designed for a pleasing and
attractive appearance.
Subclass:
115
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices
for gripping and holding cord, rope, wire, and, in some
cases, chain, when the device is analogous. Devices for
holding or gripping the end of a strap or band, but which are
not properly buckles, have been placed in Rope-holders. These
devices are usually as well adapted for rope as for bands and
are more commonly used as hitching-strap holders.
(1) Note. See the search notes to this subclass located
under subclasses 455 and 572, respectively, for the
classification lines maintained between this subclass (and
its indented subclasses) and subclasses 455+ and 572+ during
the reclassification of the clasp* and separable-fastener*
art. No attempt was made to transfer patents not conforming
to these lines from the cord and rope holder subclasses to
the clasp* or separable-fastener* subclasses during the
reclassification of the clasp* and separable-fastener* art.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
18 for packet holders.
subclasses 455+ for a cord or rope engaging fastener which
is a component of a clasp* and holds one portion of a cord or
rope relative to another portion of a cord or rope where the
cord or rope is utilized as an encircling griping surface and
does not have another principal function (i.e., it is not the
structure-to-be-secured* since it lacks principle utility
outside this class).
subclasses 572+ for a separable-fastener component* located
on the end of a cord or rope which does not utilize any of
the characteristics of the cord or rope in the fastening
operation (i.e., its ability to bend) and for cord or rope
engaging structure which is a component of a
separable-fastener* wherein the cord or rope has no other
disclosed utility other than use in a separable-fastener*
(i.e., it is not a structure-to-be-secured* since it lacks
principle utility outside this class).
712.1 for a device for holding a drawn portion of lacing.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
16, Miscellaneous Hardware, subclasses 202+ for devices for
anchoring the ends of sash cords.
104, Railways, subclasses 202+ for cable-grippers analogous
in some respects to cord and rope holders.
114, Ships, subclass 199, 218 for devices analogous to cord
and rope holders, but specially adapted for ship use.
182, Fire Escape, Ladder, or Scaffold, subclasses 5+ for a
strand engaging device with torso harness.
188, Brakes, subclass 65.1 for strand brakes for those
devices in which a pulley by its peculiar construction acts
as the rope grip and also those in which a clamping part
cooperates with a pulley to grip the rope, but where a mere
guide bar or pulley is included as an independent element or
where any form of pivoted cam is found it is not considered
to be a pulley, and the patents are classified in this
subclass.
211, Supports: Racks, subclass 119.01 for rope holders
combined with flexible clotheslines trained between isolated
supports.
212, Traversing Hoists, subclasses 106+ for rope-holders
which coact with a button or the like on the rope, and 110+
for devices which grip the rope to hold it.
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, subclass 388.1, and
398+ for a reeling device of general use and subclass 125 for
a device for holding a thread.
248, Supports, subclass 32 for cord retainers for suspended
pictures, subclasses 49+ for pipe or cable clamps combined
with their supports or limited by structure to use for
supporting a pipe or cable and subclass 353 for rope holders
combined with clothesline props.
251, Valves and Valve Actuation, subclasses 4+ for similar
structures in tube compressors for controlling fluid flow.
254, Implements or Apparatus for Applying Pushing or Pulling
Force, subclass 408 for cable guides designed to grip the
cable between the pulley and its support.
269, Work Holders, appropriate subclasses. Class 269 is the
residual locus for patents to a device for clamping,
supporting and/or holding an article (or articles) in
position to be operated on or treated. See notes thereunder
for other related loci.
383, Flexible Bags, subclasses 71+ for a bag closure or
cord.
410, Freight Accommodation on Freight Carrier, subclasses
101+ for an anchor to secure an end of a load lashing
member to a freight carrying vehicle so that the remainder of
the member may be used to lash a freight load unit to the
vehicle.
Subclass:
116
This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices similar
to cord-holders but in which a chain is held instead of a
cord.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
59, Chain, Staple, and Horseshoe Making, subclass 93 for
various devices attached at or intermediate the ends of the
chain and becoming a part of and being used in connection
with the chain, and see the notes thereto.
Subclass:
122.3
This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices
specially designed for gripping or holding a sheathed strand,
i.e., a cord, rope or other flexible strand which is enclosed
in a tubular covering therefor.
(1) Note. The term "covering" as herein used, includes, for
example, coatings of fibrous, plastic, or other material, and
also armors or sheaths formed of wires concentrically
arranged about a central core-strand.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
122.6 for cord or rope holders specialized for gripping or
holding plural-strand cords or ropes other than those of the
armored or central core type.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclasses 74-94
for connector and terminal devices for armored sheathed, or
insulated electrical conductors.
439, Electrical Connectors, appropriate subclasses for
electrical connectors, per se, having in many instances
structure similar to that provided for in Class 24 and often
specially designed to grip or hold a sheathed conductive
strand, cable, or wire; and see the class definition of that
class (439), for the line between Classes 24 and 439.
Subclass:
122.6
This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices
specialized for gripping or holding cords or ropes which are
formed from a plurality of strands twisted together or
otherwise assembled into a unitary structure. These devices
are characterized by having a structure or mode of operation
(a) which requires or causes the separation (as by
untwisting, bending back, etc.) of the individual strands of
the cord, rope, or cable, or (b) in which individual strands
of a cord, rope, or cable are separately gripped or held.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
122.3 for similar devices when some of the strands of the
cord, rope, or cable are arranged to form an armor or
covering for a central core.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclasses 74-90
for connectors and terminal devices for plural-strand
electrical conductors.
439, Electrical Connectors, appropriate subclasses for
electrical connectors, per se, having in many instances
structure similar to that provided for in Class 24 and often
specially designed to grip or hold a plural-strand conductive
cable, or wire, and see the class definition of that class
(439), section IV for the line between Classes 24 and 439.
Subclass:
127
This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices wherein
the cord or rope is wound around a central portion and is
held by a disk, which frictionally engages the cord.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
712.9 for a device which holds a drawn portion of lacing by
either winding it about or wedging it in the device.
Subclass:
128
This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices wherein
the cord is knotted at suitable points and the holding device
is designed to make use of the knots to hold the cord after
tightening.
Subclass:
129
This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices in
which only one integral piece is used.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclass 174
and 175 for similar electrical cord holders.
188, Brakes, subclass 65.1 for strand-type brakes having
similar holders.
Subclass:
130
This subclass is indented under subclass 129. Devices wherein
a V-shaped slot catches the cord or rope when properly
positioned.
Subclass:
131
This subclass is indented under subclass 129. Devices made of
wire.
Subclass:
132
This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices wherein
a pivoted part enters into the construction of the
rope-gripping device.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
712.6 for a device having a pivoted part for engaging and
holding a drawn portion of lacing.
Subclass:
133
This subclass is indented under subclass 132. Devices wherein
an extra lever or arm projects from this device, and the rope
passing over the same by its tension forces the pivoted part
into closer engagement with the rope.
Subclass:
134
This subclass is indented under subclass 132. Devices wherein
the pivoted part is so constructed that tension on the rope
pulls the pivoted part more tightly into the rope, the
pivoted part being either cam-shaped or equivalent thereto in
its action.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
188, Brakes, subclass 65.1 for similar structure in brake
combinations.
Subclass:
135
This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices wherein
the gripping is caused by turning a screw or bolt either in a
nut or a part of the device itself.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
125 for screw clamp couplings.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclasses 169+
for insulators with similar structure.
188, Brakes, subclass 65.1 for similar structure in brake
combinations.
439, Electrical Connectors subclasses 778+, 781+, 784, 785,
791+, 797+, and 801+ for an uninsulated electrical connector
having a screw-threaded operated securing part.
Subclass:
136
This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices wherein
a sliding movement is used in clamping the cord. It includes
wedges which slide and like devices.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
126 171, 194, for other fasteners having a sliding wedge.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
188, Brakes, subclass 65.1 for similar structure in brake
combinations.
227, Elongated-Member-Driving Apparatus, subclass 29 for
similar structure in fire escape combinations.
Subclass:
163
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices
which are designed for the purpose of adjusting as well as
holding straps, bands, and similar articles. Some forms of
buckles are closely related to clasps in structure, but are
always distinguished in having provision for the band passing
through the structure, so that it may be pulled tight for the
purpose of adjustment, a clasp being only suitable for
gripping the end or edge of the material or band.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 16+ for bale ties.
subclasses 115+ for devices which resemble buckles, but are
more closely related to cord and rope holders in structure as
well as use. The more common use of these devices is as
hitching-strap holders.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclasses 321+ and 333, for buckle type
fastening devices in combination with a garment supporter.
D2, Apparel and Haberdashery, subclasses 405+ for designs
for apparel buckles.
Subclass:
164
This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Buckles
peculiarly adapted for use in harness constructions or with
leather straps.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
54, Harness, subclass 28, 50, 54+ for combined buckles and
hooks, and subclass 74 for rein holds.
Subclass:
165
This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices in
which a buckle and snap-hook are combined in the same
structure, sometimes with a working connection between the
buckle-tongue and the snap-hook closure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
54, Harness, subclass 51 and 55 for similar structure in
harness combinations.
Subclass:
166
This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices with
independent means to prevent the tongue of the buckle from
disengaging.
Subclass:
167
This subclass is indented under subclass 166. Devices wherein
the means which locks the tongue is operated by means of a
key.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
70, Locks, appropriate subclasses for specific lock
structure, per se.
Subclass:
168
This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices in
which the strap is held by clamping solely, without any
penetrating tongue or stud.
Subclass:
169
This subclass is indented under subclass 168. Devices made of
a single integral part.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
198 for one piece buckles.
Subclass:
170
This subclass is indented under subclass 168. Devices in
which the clamping is done by a jaw attached to a pivoted
lever usually hand-operated, but includes strap-tightened
jaws.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 191+ for other pivoted lever buckles.
Subclass:
171
This subclass is indented under subclass 168. Devices in
which the gripping of the strap is accomplished by means of a
sliding part, commonly a wedge, wedge-like in action.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
25 and 194, for other fasteners having a sliding part.
Subclass:
172
This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices
including two frames or bails, both of which form loops
entirely inclosing the straps and so interlaced that a
tension on the strap throws the bails into such a position as
to more tightly grip the same. Studs or tongues are sometimes
used in connection with the clamping action. This subclass
contains those which depend entirely on the clamping action.
Subclass:
173
This subclass is indented under subclass 172. Devices
including a pivoted plate with a penetrating stud attached to
one of the frames to further assist in holding the straps.
Subclass:
174
This subclass is indented under subclass 172. Devices
including a stud attached rigidly to one of the frames.
Subclass:
175
This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices having
a penetrating tongue which is protected by some device, so as
to prevent the point from engaging or catching.
Subclass:
176
This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices having
a penetrating tongue and which the frame and stud are in one
integral piece.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 186+ for one piece buckles with a penetrating
prong.
Subclass:
177
This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices having
two or more penetrating tongues or studs.
Subclass:
178
This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices having
a penetrating tongue pivoted to the frame.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 188+ for buckles with a pivoted penetrating
prong.
Subclass:
179
This subclass is indented under subclass 178. Devices wherein
a lever is attached to the pivoted tongue for withdrawing the
tongue from engagement with the strap without first loosening
the buckle.
Subclass:
180
This subclass is indented under subclass 178. Devices wherein
a pivoted stud is used instead of a tongue, the distinction
being that a stud passes vertically through the strap and has
no support on the frame, as is the case with a
tongue-buckle.
Subclass:
181
This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices in
which the gripping of the strap is accomplished by means of a
sliding part, usually wedge-like, and there is a penetrating
tongue or stud to further assist in holding the strap.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 194+ for other buckles having a sliding part.
Subclass:
182
This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices for
holding the strap end after buckling and means for attaching
the same to a fabric, otherwise called "billet-loops".
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
54, Harness, subclass 28 and 32 for similar structure in
harness combinations.
Subclass:
183
This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices
attached to buckles for preventing wear on the strap, being
so designed that the attaching device engages with the metal
of the buckle and not on the strap.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
54, Harness, subclass 28 for similar structure in harness
combinations.
Subclass:
184
This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Buckles which
are so constructed that no metal part of the buckle will come
in contact with the garment underneath.
Subclass:
185
This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Buckles in
which a pressure-bar clamps the band and has at the same time
a projection which guards the hook, usually used as a
suspender-buckle.
Subclass:
186
This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Devices in
which prongs are the means of holding the strap or band, and
which are in one integral piece.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
176 for one piece buckles with penetrating tongues.
Subclass:
187
This subclass is indented under subclass 186. Devices which
have a hook attached.
Subclass:
188
This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Devices in
which the buckle-frame and a penetrating prong are pivoted
together.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 178+ for buckles with pivoted penetrating
prongs.
Subclass:
189
This subclass is indented under subclass 188. Devices which
have a suspending hook attached.
Subclass:
190
This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Devices wherein
the frame and a penetrating prong part are adapted to slide
on each other to cause engagement.
Subclass:
191
This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Devices wherein
a lever pivoted to the buckle-frame serves as the clamping
means. It may be either hand- operated or it may have the
band attached to it. The gripping-jaws may be toothed or
smooth.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
78 and 170, for other pivoted lever buckles.
Subclass:
192
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Devices which
have suspending hooks.
Subclass:
193
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. A pivoted-lever
buckle in which a looped-strap-clamping device is used.
Subclass:
194
This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Buckles which
have a sliding part which serves to clamp the fabric either
wedge-like or by pressing a toothed jaw into the same.
Includes devices in which a separate part engages the two
jaws and is moved back and forth to operate the same.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
171 and 181, for similar structure in harness buckles.
Subclass:
195
This subclass is indented under subclass 194. Devices with a
suspending-hook attached.
Subclass:
196
This subclass is indented under subclass 194. Devices wherein
the sliding part passes through a looped strap and is drawn
down to clamp the fabric.
Subclass:
197
This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Devices wherein
the clamping of the strap or band is accomplished by means of
looping or doubling the band on itself, the two portions of
the band being pressed into contact in such a manner as to
grip and hold.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
193 196 and 200, for other "looped strap" buckles.
Subclass:
198
This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Buckles
composed of one piece of metal.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
169 176 and 186, for other one piece buckles.
Subclass:
199
This subclass is indented under subclass 198. Devices wherein
a supporting-hook is an integral part of the buckle.
Subclass:
200
This subclass is indented under subclass 198. Devices wherein
the band is held by means of looping or doubling the band.
Subclass:
265
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices
for attaching the strap or band to buckles, clasps,
snap-hooks, and like articles, including permanent attaching
means, and also those temporary attachments which are not
properly buckles or any other recognized form of fastening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
2.5 for gun band type devices combined with
strap-end-attaching devices.
715.4 for means to cover the tip of lacing.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
16, Miscellaneous Hardware, subclasses 108+ for ferrules,
rings and thimbles.
Subclass:
267
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices
which consist of two parts or jaws pivoted at one end and
having some means for locking the jaws when in a closed
position. They are commonly used on gloves, shoes, and
dress-plackets and take the place of other fastenings.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 218 for similar structure in placket
closures.
Subclass:
268
This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Devices wherein
the tightener comprises a wedge.
Subclass:
269
This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Devices wherein
the tightening is accomplished by winding a portion of the
strap on winder means, which remains with the tie.
Subclass:
270
This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Devices which
include a tightening means, usually a lever, that is
self-locking either by dead center or snap action.
Subclass:
271
This subclass is indented under subclass 270. Devices with
means providing for variations in the circumference of the
objects to be clamped.
Subclass:
272
This subclass is indented under subclass 271. Devices in
which the fastener connection includes a rack bar and means
coacting therewith.
Subclass:
273
This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Devices in which
the tightening is accomplished by lever means and may include
separate lever locking means to retain the lever in
tightening position.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
270 for similar devices with self-locking lever means having
auxiliary locking devices.
Subclass:
274
This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Devices wherein
worm gear means on the tightener co-acts with a strap portion
provided with teeth.
Subclass:
275
This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Devices in which
a means on the fastener portion engages a thread on the
integral free end portion of the strap or band.
Subclass:
276
This subclass is indented under subclass 275. Devices wherein
the thread is on the external surface of the strap or band.
Subclass:
277
This subclass is indented under subclass 276. Devices in
which the free ends of the strap are threaded.
Subclass:
278
This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Devices in which
a radial screw, with respect to the axis of the strap or
band, engages means to effect tightening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 275+ for screws on the integral free end
portions of the straps.
Subclass:
279
This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Devices in which
a tangential screw, with respect to the axis of the strap,
engages means to effect tightening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 275+ for screws which are integral end portions
of the straps.
Subclass:
280
This subclass is indented under subclass 279. Devices having
girth adjustment afforded by the connection between the tie
and the fastener. The fastener may be wholly or partially
separable from the tie.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
284 in which the tie itself has features which provide for
girth adjustment.
Subclass:
281
This subclass is indented under subclass 280. Devices
providing for step adjustment.
Subclass:
282
This subclass is indented under subclass 281. Devices in
which the strap is of plural separable parts.
Subclass:
283
This subclass is indented under subclass 279. Devices which
are constructed of wire.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 27+ for ties constructed of wire where the
tightening is by a separate tool.
subclasses 270+ for wire ties having a dead center or snap
action.
Subclass:
284
This subclass is indented under subclass 279. Devices with
straps comprising separable parts and which may also provide
adjustment of the strap solely by strap features.
Subclass:
285
This subclass is indented under subclass 279. Devices wherein
the strap is comprised of pivoted parts.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
284 for straps of separable pivoted parts.
Subclass:
286
This subclass is indented under subclass 279. Devices which
have straps modified to permit winding plural wraps with the
ends of the strap aligned to accept the fastener means.
Subclass:
287
FREIGHT CONTAINER TO FREIGHT CONTAINER FASTENER:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter drawn to fasteners specifically adapted for securing
freight-container structures together.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
206, Special Receptacle or Package, subclass 159 for
portable segregating containers for plural cylindrical-type
receptacles provided with a clip-type retainer between
juxtaposed receptacles.
220, Receptacles, subclass 1.5 for freight containers
provided with freight-container fasteners.
Subclass:
288
DRUM OR CAN SPACER FASTENER:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter drawn to fasteners specifically adapted for securing
containers, drums, or cans in a spaced relationship.
Subclass:
289
TRIM MOLDING FASTENER:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter comprising a fastener specially adapted for securing a
rigid or semirigid decorative strip to a rigid vehicle or
similar body.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
49, Movable or Removable Closures, subclass 492 for
snap-type fasteners securing a closure seal.
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), subclass 466 for
separate anchor element securing a nonsustaining bridged
strip over junctures of panels; subclass 511 for mounting
means attaching a facer to an upholstery structure;
subclasses 718.01+ for fasteners combined with static
structures for attaching a striplike channel or trim member
to the static structures or for striplike channel or trim
member fasteners in which the fastener is specifically
modified in structure to mate with a specific construction or
configuration of the Class 52 structure; and subclass 769 for
a spring including retaining means holding a separate
structure against a facer.
293, Vehicle Fenders, appropriate subclasses for various
types of fasteners combined with vehicle fender structure.
301, Land Vehicle: Wheels and Axles, subclass 37.1 for
fasteners combined with protectors or trim members attached
to land vehicles.
Subclass:
290
Having externally threaded attaching means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289. Subject matter
provided with an elongated shank means provided with a
continuous helical rib.
Subclass:
291
And laterally extending biasing appendage:
This subclass is indented under subclass 290. Subject matter
further provided with a resilient member extending laterally
from and yieldingly urging a main body member of the fastener
to move in a predetermined direction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
292 for a trim molding fastener provided with a laterally
extending biasing appendage without bolt or screw means.
Subclass:
292
Having laterally extending biasing appendage:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289. Subject matter
provided with a resilient member expanding laterally from and
yieldingly urging a main body member of the fastener to move
in a predetermined direction.
Subclass:
293
Resilient metal type:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289. Subject matter
wherein the fastener is composed of spring metal, e.g.,
steel.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
301, Land Vehicle: Wheels and Axles, subclass 108.1 for
hubcap trim objects being formed from resilient metal
material or hubcaps secured to wheeled vehicles by the use of
resilient metal fasteners.
Subclass:
294
Strip formed:
This subclass is indented under subclass 293. Subject matter
wherein the fastener is formed from a metal strip.
Subclass:
295
Sheet metal formed:
This subclass is indented under subclass 293. Subject matter
wherein the fastener is formed from sheet metal.
Subclass:
296
Wire formed:
This subclass is indented under subclass 293. Subject matter
wherein the fastener is formed from a metallic strand
element.
Subclass:
297
Plastic type:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289. Subject matter
wherein the fastener is composed of a substance produced by
polymerization.
Subclass:
298
PLURAL FASTENERS HAVING INTERMEDIATE FLACCID CONNECTOR:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter wherein plural fasteners are attached by a connector
comprising an elongated intermediate configuration having
little resistance to longitudinally compressive or shear
forces.
(1) Note. See (1) Note of the class definition for the line
between this and indented subclasses and Class 2, Apparel.
(2) Note. To be proper in this and indented subclasses, the
fasteners must be fastening or attaching to different
structures-to-be-secured(*) or portions thereof and not
fastening to each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
17 for bail and package ties utilizing plural fasteners and
flaccid-type configurations.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 321 for garment supporters and
retainers utilizing plural fasteners having intermediate
flaccid-type connectors; and subclass 323 for garment
supporters and retainers consisting of strip-connected spaced
holders or fasteners.
165, Heat Exchange, subclass 98 for plural fasteners with
intermediate flaccidly adjustable connectors for adjustably
securing radiator face coverings to radiator configurations.
280, Land Vehicles, subclasses 814+ for plural fasteners
having intermediate flaccid connectors utilized in securing
and/or carrying skis.
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, subclasses
144+ for hand carriers or grippers having a flaccid
receiver, support, or fastener for articles.
Subclass:
299
Chain connector:
This subclass is indented under subclass 298. Subject matter
wherein the connector comprises a series of connected links.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 271 for sleeve or leg closures
utilizing chains as an intermediate connector.
Subclass:
300
Elastic connector:
This subclass is indented under subclass 298. Subject matter
wherein the connector is composed of a resilient substance.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 326 for garment supporters and
retainers consisting of plural crossed or diverging
suspension strips or strands utilizing plural fasteners
having an intermediate strap connector; subclass 332 for
plural crossed or diverging suspension strips or strands with
running strips or strands comprising a straplike flaccid
connector; and subclass 334 for plural crossed or diverging
suspension strips or straps utilizing a strap as an
intermediate flaccid connector having a pivot member normal
to the strip or strap.
Subclass:
301
Strap connector:
This subclass is indented under subclass 300. Subject matter
wherein the connector is formed of a band of elastic
substance.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
68 for strap tighteners provided with strap intermediate
connectors.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 309 for garment supporters and
retainers in a form of a strap partially encircling limb or
torso; and subclass 315 for torso or limb encircling garment
supporters and retainers provided with plural holding means
secured together by strap connectors.
Subclass:
302
Strap connector:
This subclass is indented under subclass 298. Subject matter
wherein the connector is formed of a band of flaccid
substance.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
30 for ball and package ties in the form of wooden straps or
bands.
68 for straps provided with tighteners.
Subclass:
303
HAVING MAGNETIC FASTENER:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter provided with a fastener including, having, or
comprising material utilizing magnetism.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
248, Supports, subclass 206.5 and 309.4 for combined diverse
fasteners utilizing or having a magnet to be used for a
bracket.
296, Land Vehicles: Bodies and Tops, subclass 97.1 for
fasteners utilized to hold or support glare screens to land
vehicle bodies utilizing or having a magnet.
335, Electricity: Magnetically Operated Switches, Magnets,
and Electromagnets, subclasses 302+ for permanent magnet
structure or material and subclass 219 for a magnet combined
with a diverse-type art device.
362, Illumination, subclass 398 for illumination supports
utilizing or having a magnet.
Subclass:
304
HAVING ADHESIVE FASTENER:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter provided with a fastener comprising material utilizing
molecular adhesive forces.
(1) Note. The adhesive fasteners of this subclass are
intended to provide or accomplish the desired fastening
between either different structures-to-be-secured(*) or
different portions of a structure-to-be-secured(*) and are
not intended to mount or secure a separate, distinct fastener
used for or accomplishing a desired fastening between
different structures-to-be-secured(*) or portions thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 337 for combined fasteners utilizing
adhesive means, particularly friction-type devices for
supporting and retaining garments.
248, Supports, subclass 205.3 for brackets specially mounted
or attached by use of adhesives.
296, Land Vehicles: Bodies and Tops, subclass 97.1 for glare
screens attached or fastened to body configurations by use of
adhesives.
Subclass:
305
COMBINED DIVERSE MULTIPART FASTENERS:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter comprising a combination of two or more diverse
fasteners of this class in which the combination is composed
of two or more elements and in which each fastener is
different, and distinct from each other.
(1) Note. For documents to be proper in this and indented
subclasses, none of the fasteners can utilize the
structure-to-be-secured(*) as a component in completing or
performing a or its fastening function, e.g., a clip* using
the structure-to-be-secured(*) as a mounting to secure other
structure-to-be-secured(*) therebetween. Similarly, plural,
even if diverse, fasteners which simultaneously or serially
fasten, or release to perform a fastening operation, e.g.,
zippers(*) or combined safety belt and harness buckles(*),
are excluded from this and indented subclasses. Any fastener
either actuated by a tool, permanently altered in shape or
deformed to perform its fastening function not in combination
with a fastener of this class is provided for in other
classes, e.g., Class 411. In addition, to be proper in this
and indented subclasses, the fasteners must each be fastening
to structure-to-be-secured(*); plural diverse fasteners
merely fastening to each other are excluded herein.
(2) Note. One or single piece combined fasteners are
excluded from this and indented subclasses and are properly
classified in lower portions of the Class 24 schedule and
discretionarily cross-referenced to these combined fastener
subclasses.
(3) Note. See Lines With Other Classes under the class
definition for the line between this and indented subclasses
and Class 2, Apparel.
(4) Note. For the purposes of this and associated
definitions, the term "distinct" is taken to mean that the
diverse fasteners are either independently operable, i.e.,
the operation of a first fastener does not directly produce
the fastening function of a second fastener and similarly the
operation of the second fastener does not produce the
fastening operation of the first, or the fasteners are
differently shaped or configured from each other, however
small the different shape or configuration may be.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
49.1 for necktie fasteners utilizing various types of
combined fasteners.
subclasses 67+ for various combined fasteners used to
fasten papers.
subclasses 115+ for various combined fasteners used to hold
cords and ropes.
390 for a zipper(*) combined with a distinct
separable-fastener(*).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
36, Boots, Shoes, and Leggings, subclass 50.1 and 58 for
combined fasteners used in closing boot and shoe uppers.
244, Aeronautics, subclass 151 for combined fasteners
utilized in connecting parachute harness configurations.
248, Supports, appropriate subclasses for combined fasteners
utilized as supports, particularly subclasses 317+ for
various combined fasteners utilized as suspended supports.
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, appropriate
subclasses for combined fasteners used in releasing
hoist-line or grab-type hooks.
296, Land Vehicles: Bodies and Tops, subclass 97.1 for
various combined fasteners utilized for securing or holding
glare screens to land vehicle bodies.
362, Illumination, subclasses 122+ for combined fasteners
utilized in securing or holding plantlike ornaments or
wreaths, particularly trees.
403, Joints and Connections, appropriate subclasses for
combined fasteners used in joints and connections.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, subclass 11
for combined fasteners utilized in supporting or holding
together various type of special occasion ornaments such as
Christmas tree, balls, bells, or star-shaped objects.
Subclass:
306
Combined with diverse fastener:
This subclass is indented under subclass 442. Securing means
in combination with a diverse fastener proper for this class
(e.g., mounting pin, clasp, etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 305+ for other combined diverse multipart
fasteners.
Subclass:
307
Buckle:
This subclass is indented under subclass 305. Subject matter
wherein one of the fasteners comprises a buckle* in the form
of a securing means having two connected relatively movable
members, wherein either one member is adapted to allow
structure-to-be-secured(*) to pass therethrough or the
members are adapted to allow structure-to-be-secured(*) to
pass completely therebetween in a path generally parallel to
the longitudinal axis of the members.
(1) Note. Buckles* are usually designed to secure or tighten
belts, bands, or similar articles and are generally operated
by having one end of the belt, band, etc., fixedly secured to
one end of the buckle* with another portion of the buckle*
frictionally or resiliently securing the belt, band, etc., or
by passing through a provided for aperture in the belt, band,
etc. This feature of allowing the belt, band, etc., to pass
through the buckle* distinguishes a buckle* and a clasp*.
(2) Note. One-piece buckles*, e.g., wire formed, or sheet
metal stamped, are excluded from this subclass and are
provided for in latter parts of the schedule.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 163+ for single buckles, per se.
Subclass:
308
And buckles:
This subclass is indented under subclass 307. Subject matter
provided with another buckle(*).
(1) Note. To be proper in this subclass, the combined
buckles(*) must be the type such that each buckle(*), if
separated from the other, can function as a buckle(*), and
each buckle(*) must be different as to configuration or
composition; otherwise, the document is properly classified
in subclasses 163+ and discretionarily cross-referenced to
this and indented subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 314 for torso or limb-encircling
garment supporters and retainers having pendant holding means
provided with plural buckle structures; and subclass 334 for
plural crossed or diverging suspension strips provided with a
pivot member normal to the strip utilizing plural buckles.
Subclass:
309
Having separate material adjustment means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 308. Subject matter
having disparate means specially adapted to modify the amount
of structure-to-be-secured(*) being passed through or between
the buckle(*).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 237 for plural buckles provided with
adjustment means for waist bands in trousers or overalls; and
subclass 307 for garment supporters or retainers utilizing
plural buckles having adjustment means for waistline-type
garments.
Subclass:
310
Having separate disconnect means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 308. Subject matter
provided with initially separate or movably attached means
allowing the two buckles* to be relatively easily engaged or
disengaged from each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 312+ for plural diverse buckles(*) having an
integral disconnectable configuration.
319 for buckle(*) and hook fasteners having disconnectable
means.
subclasses 341+ for plural diverse clasps(*) having
disconnectable means.
subclasses 358+ for plural diverse hooks having
disconnectable means.
subclasses 572+ for separable fasteners, per se.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 321 for torso or limb encircling
garment supporters or retainers utilizing a belt buckle
provided with a separable fastener.
Subclass:
311
Pivotal lever type:
This subclass is indented under subclass 310. Subject matter
wherein the separate disconnectable means includes a
releasing member hinged to one of the buckles* for
disconnecting the buckles* one from the other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
33 for plural buckles provided with hinge adjustment means.
178 for single buckles provided with separate adjusting
means in the form of a penetrating tongue utilized in harness
configurations.
188 for single buckles provided with pivoted separate
adjustment means in the form of a penetrating prong.
191 for single buckles provided with a separate adjusting
means in the form of a pivoted lever.
Subclass:
312
Having disconnect structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 308. Subject matter
provided with rigid configuration integral with each buckle*
allowing two buckles* to be relatively easily engaged or
disengaged from each other.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 301 for garment supporters or retainers
in the form of plural buckles having disconnect
configuration; subclass 316 for torso or limb encircling
garment supporters in the form of plural buckles having
disconnect configuration; and subclass 317 for torso or limb
encircling garment supporter or retainer with a member
between the ends of a circulating strip.
Subclass:
313
Resilient cooperating means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 312. Subject matter
wherein the rigid integral configuration is in the form of
members composed of resilient substance and which are adapted
to mate with each other wherein their resiliency at least in
part retains the members together.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
324 for plural diverse buckles(*) provided with snap
fastener for an attached fastener.
Subclass:
314
And pin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 308. Subject matter
provided with a wire section having a piercing end.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
186 for a one-piece single buckle provided with a
penetrating prong.
317 for combined diverse plural buckle(*) fasteners having a
pin.
subclasses 351+ for combined diverse clasp(*) and pin
fasteners.
subclasses 356+ for combined diverse plural pin fasteners.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 319 for torso or limb encircling
garment supporters and retainers in the form of a buckle
structure having a pin or prong-type structure detachable
from or slidable on a belt.
Subclass:
315
Crossed belt accommodating:
This subclass is indented under subclass 308. Subject matter
wherein the structure-to-be-secured(*) fastened by a first
buckle* is angled with and overlaps a second
structure-to-be-secured(*) fastened by a second buckle*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 306 for garment supporters and
retainers supporting plural garments in spaced relationship;
subclass 332 for buckles accommodating plural crossed or
diverging strip type members; and subclass 333 for torso or
limb encircling garment supporters and retainers
accommodating plural crossed or diverging strips having a
detachable or movable feature between the strips.
Subclass:
316
And clasp:
This subclass is indented under subclass 307. Subject matter
provided with a fastener in the form of a clasp(*) which
either (a) has connected gripping jaws adapted to engage
structure-to-be-secured(*), or (b) performs a securement by
over edge engagement of structure-to-be-secured(*).
(1) Note. Clasps* are usually designed to be secured to
belts, bands, or similar articles generally operated by
having one end of the belt, band, etc., fixedly secured to
one end of the clasp with the other hinged and engaging the
structure-to-be-secured(*) and relies on inherent resilience
or friction for securement. See (1) Note under subclass 307
for the difference between a clasp and a buckle.
(2) Note. One piece clasps*, e.g., wire-formed clips*, sheet
metal V or J clips* are excluded from this subclass and are
provided for in latter parts of the schedule.
Subclass:
317
And pin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 307. Subject matter
provided with a fastener comprising a piece of wire having a
head or headlike configuration at one end and a penetrating
point at the other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 351+ for clasp(*) and pin diverse fasteners.
subclasses 356+ for plural diverse pin fasteners.
Subclass:
318
And hook:
This subclass is indented under subclass 307. Subject matter
provided with a fastener in the form of a book comprising
either an elongated wire or rod section, one end of which is
curved or sharply bent, or an element having a J-shaped
configuration utilized as a hook.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
165 for single buckles specially adapted for use with
harness configurations structures having combined snap hooks
with the buckle.
Subclass:
319
Having disconnect means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 318. Subject matter
provided with separate means to allow the buckle* and hook to
be relatively easily engaged or disengaged from each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 323+ for plural diverse buckle(*) fasteners
provided with separable fastening means for an attached
fastener.
341 for plural diverse resilient clasp(*) fasteners provided
with disconnectable means.
subclasses 358+ for plural diverse pin fasteners provided
with disconnect means.
Subclass:
320
Having penetrating prong:
This subclass is indented under subclass 318. Subject matter
provided with means formed from a sheet metal or metal strip
section having a sharp projection stamped, cut, or formed
thereon capable of entering into and tending to hold the
structure-to-be-secured(*) to the buckle.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
347 for clasp(*) and hook fasteners in which a clasp(*) jaw
has penetrating gripping structure.
350 for clasp(*) and penetrating prong fasteners.
368 for pin and penetrating prong fasteners.
377 for hook and penetrating prong fasteners.
380 for combined diverse multipart fasteners, one of which
is a penetrating prong.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 319 for a torso or limb encircling
garment supporter or retainer provided with a buckle hook
fastener and penetrating prong.
Subclass:
321
Buckle having plural receiving slots:
This subclass is indented under subclass 318. Subject matter
wherein a buckle* is provided with two or more openings.
(1) Note. Generally, the buckle(*) is adapted to receive two
or more different structures-to-be-secured(*) or two or more
portions thereof.
Subclass:
322.1
Including a button fastening element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 307. Subject matter
comprising a generally disk-shaped body designed to pass
through and cooperate with a buttonhole or loop to produce
securement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
90.1 for buttons utilized as articles combined with a
fastener for securing the article to another configuration.
342.1 for clasp* and button fasteners.
367.1 for pin and button fasteners.
378.1 for hook and button fasteners.
379.1 for combined diverse multipart fasteners, one of which
is a button.
Subclass:
323
And separable fastening means for attached fastener:
This subclass is indented under subclass 307. Subject matter
wherein a buckle* is provided with separate disconnect means
to easily disengage another fastener permanently attached to
structure-to-be-secured(*).
(1) Note. The other fastener is usually attached at or near
an end of the structure-to-be-secured(*).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
341 for plural resilient clasps(*) provided with disconnect
means.
358 for plural pins provided with disconnect means.
subclasses 572+ for separable-fasteners(*).
Subclass:
324
Snap fastener:
This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Subject matter
wherein the disconnect means is in the form of a circular
male member having an upstanding projection formed thereon
and a female member having a resilient complimentary socket
formed therein receiving and retaining the male member.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 614+ and 662+, for head and socket snap
fasteners, per se.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 322 for torso or limb encircling
garment supporters provided with a buckle and separate
fastening means in the form of a snap fastener.
Subclass:
325
Having roller means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 307. Subject matter
provided with a rotatable elongated cylindrical structure.
Subclass:
326
Clasp:
This subclass is indented under subclass 305. Subject matter
wherein one of the fasteners is in the form of a clasp* which
either (a) has connected gripping jaws adapted to engage
structure-to-be-secured(*), or (b) performs a securement by
overedge engagement of structure-to-be-secured(*).
(1) Note. Clasps* are usually designed to be secured to
belts, bands, or similar articles generally operated by
having one end of the belt, band, etc., fixedly secured to
one end of the clasp* with the other hinged and engaging the
structure-to-be-secured(*) and relies on inherent resilience
or friction for securement. See (1) Note under subclass 307
for the difference between a clasp* and a buckle.
(2) Note. One-piece clasps*, e.g., wire formed clips*, sheet
metal V or J clips*, are excluded from the this subclass and
are provided for in latter parts of the schedule.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
3 for article holders utilized to secure articles to the
human body using a combined clasp-type fastener.
16 for combined clasp fasteners utilized as bail and package
ties.
subclasses 455+ for clasps, per se.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclasses 651+ for
a check label or tag type of holder utilizing clasps.
248, Supports, subclass 316.1 for article holding
bracket-type configurations in the form of clasps or clamps.
280, Land Vehicles, subclasses 814+ for ski holders
utilizing clasps or clasp-like configuration.
297, Chairs and Seats, subclasses 468+ for body restrainers
such as seat belts and harnesses utilizing clasp as a
retractable holder.
362, Illumination, subclass 396 for illumination supports in
the form of a clasp, clamp, or hook-type configuration.
Subclass:
327
Having pivoted members:
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter
wherein the clasp* is provided with two hinged members, the
unhinged ends thereof being capable of engaging
structure-to-be-secured(*).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
135 for cord or rope holders utilizing a screw, clamp, or
clasp having pivoted members.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclass 642.02 for a
check label or tag holders in the form of a pivotable member
clasp.
119, Animal Husbandry, subclass 813 for a device for
restraining a cow's tail that utilizes a clasp having
pivotable members or resilient-type configuration.
248, Supports, subclass 229.13 and 229.23 for brackets in
the nature of a clamp having pivotable member.
368, Horology: Time Measuring Systems or Devices, subclasses
278+ for watchcase holders in the form of pivotable member
clasp.
Subclass:
328
Cam type member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Subject matter
wherein one of the pivoted member has a dimension where the
members are hinged such that in one pivoted position the
member acts with another member to engage and secure the
structure-to-be-secured(*) and in another pivoted position
the members acts to disengage and release the
structure-to-be-secured(*).
Subclass:
329
Plural clasps:
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Subject matter
wherein two or more clasps(*) are provided.
(1) Note. To be proper in this and indented subclasses, the
combined clasp(*) must be the type that each clasp(*), if
separated or separable from each other, could function as a
clasp(*) and each clasp(*) must be different as to
configuration or composition; otherwise the document is
properly classified in subclasses 243+ and discretionarily
cross-referenced to this and indented subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
44 for cuff holders utilizing plural clasps.
subclasses 335+ for plural resilient clasps.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
269, Work Holders, subclass 98 for plural clasp or
clamp-type fastening means having pivotable members used in
holding work.
403, Joints and Connections, subclass 385 for plural clasp
or clamp-type configurations utilized to secure rods or
plates together; and subclass 387 for plural clasps or clamps
utilized to secure flanged or grooved rods together.
Subclass:
330
And toggle operator:
This subclass is indented under subclass 329. Subject matter
further provided with a second pair of hinged elements
attached or cooperating with one or more of the clasp*
members such that a force applied to the hinged joint of the
second pair of elements causes the elements to straighten out
and apply forces at the unhinged ends of the second pair of
elements, the end forces being transmitted to the one or more
of the clasp* members.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
403, Joints and Connections, subclass 303 for a distinct end
coupler in the form of a single toggle-type operator for
plural connectors.
Subclass:
331
Spring biased:
This subclass is indented under subclass 329. Subject matter
provided with a resilient means which regains its original
shape after distortation and is assembled with the clasp* so
as to force a hinged member thereof to move in a certain
direction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
338 for plural resilient clasps(*) having a spring biased
jaw.
371 for plural hooks having a biasing spring.
subclasses 499+ 531, and 532+, for pivoted or similar types
of swinging, resiliently biased plural clasps(*).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
439, Electrical Connectors, subclasses 819+ for an
uninsulated electrical connector having a rigid nonresilient
clamping part operated by a separate spring means.
Subclass:
332
Coil:
This subclass is indented under subclass 331. Subject matter
wherein the resilient means is a helical wire.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
334 for pivoted member clasps(*) having a coil spring.
subclasses 509+ 531, and 533+, for pivoted or similar types
of swing, coil biased, plural clasps(*).
Subclass:
333
And cam:
This subclass is indented under subclass 329. Subject matter
provided with means having an eccentric dimension cooperating
with and moving one of the pivoted members.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
337 for plural resilient clasps(*) provided with a cam.
Subclass:
334
Coil spring biased:
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Subject matter
wherein a spring in the form of a helical wire is assembled
with the clasp(*) to force one of the hinged members in a
certain direction.
Subclass:
335
Plural clasps:
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter
wherein two or more clasps(*) are provided.
(1) Note. to be proper in this and indented subclasses, the
combined clasps(*) must be the type that each clasp(*), if
separated from each other, can function as a clasp(*), and
each clasp(*) must be different as to configuration or
composition; otherwise, the document is properly classified
as an original in subclasses 243+ and discretionarily
cross-referenced to this and indented subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
44 for plural clasp cup holders.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
36, Boots, Shoes, and Leggings, subclass 70 for plural
clasps utilized in attaching garment protectors to boots,
shoes, and leggings.
132, Toilet, subclass 47 for bow or ribbon-type hair
fasteners in the form of plural clasps.
248, Supports, subclass 73 for plural clasps interlocking
brackets and supports for pipes or cables.
403, Joints and Connections, subclass 385 for plural clasps
or clamps connecting rods or plates together.
439, Electrical Connectors, subclasses 775+ for an
uninsulated electrical connector for clamping and
electrically interconnecting plural conductors.
Subclass:
336
Resilient type clasp:
This subclass is indented under subclass 335. Subject matter
wherein one of the clasps(*) is composed of elastic substance
which regains its original shape after distortion.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclasses 658+ for
check labeled or tag holders in the form of a resilient clip
or clips.
47, Plant Husbandry, subclass 46 for resilient clasp for
linearly supporting plants.
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), subclass 285.1 for
resilient plural clasp means securing together various
modular section portions at right angles; subclasses 357+ for
plural resilient clasps securing the back of a support and
front of a settable material receiving backer; subclass 489.1
for separable clip-type resilient fasteners utilized to
secure facer or facer panels to frame or shaft; subclass
582.1 for resilient clasp or clasp-joining panels or modules
with edgewise connecting features; and subclass 714 for
resilient integral sheet or wire tie members for securing
open work, e.g., tress, trellis, grills, etc.
119, Animal Husbandry, subclass 812 for resilient one-piece
clamping jaws for restraining a cow's tail.
160, Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclass 178.1 and 902 for plural resilient clasp utilized
in securing Venetian blinds.
248, Supports, subclass 27.1 for plural resilient clasps
utilized in securing instruments in panels; subclass 72 for
resilient plural clasps connecting beams and brackets; and
subclass 229.1 for resilient plural clasps interlocking a
bracket in a support of an aperture board.
280, Land Vehicles, subclass 11.37 for plural resilient
clasps utilized in securing skis; and subclass 184 for plural
resilient clamp or clasp-type configurations utilized in
securing reigns or whip to wheeled vehicles.
281, Books, Strips, and Leaves, subclass 42 for resilient
plural clasps utilized in holding or marking book leaves.
292, Closure Fasteners, subclass 288 for portable closure
fasteners utilizing resilient plural clasps engaging right
angle planar work.
312, Supports: Cabinet Structure, subclass 140 for
showcase-type cabinet structure joints and connectors
utilizing plural resilient clasp type configuration.
403, Joints and Connections, subclass 387 for plural
resilient clasps securing flanged or grooved rods to plates;
and subclass 397 for resilient clips utilized in securing
rods to plate or similar configurations.
439, Electrical Connectors, subclasses 577+ for wall plate
or panel mounting configurations in the form of plural
resilient radially expanding spring members extendable
through or into panel openings.
Subclass:
337
And cam:
This subclass is indented under subclass 336. Subject matter
provided with means having an eccentric dimension cooperating
with and moving a portion of a clasp.
Subclass:
338
Spring biased jaw:
This subclass is indented under subclass 336. Subject matter
provided with separate elastic means assembled with a
clasp(*) to force a jaw portion of the clasp(*) to move in a
certain direction.
Subclass:
339
Circular work engageable:
This subclass is indented under subclass 336. Subject matter
wherein the clasp(*) is specially configured to engage
structure-to-be-secured(*) having a circular or substantially
circular cross section.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 10+ for resilient plural clasps utilized in
engaging in or holding pencils to the human body.
subclasses 129+ for resilient plural clasps for holding or
fastening cords or ropes.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclasses 310+ for
check label or tag holders in the form of resilient plural
clasps engageable with bottles.
81, Tools, subclass 15.8 for tools for applying resilient
plural clasps to antiskid chains being applied to tires.
131, Tobacco, subclasses 257+ for plural resilient clasps
for holding or securing various tobacco products.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclass 40 for
plural resilient clasps engaging overhead round-type
conductors; subclass 94 for plural resilient clasps engaging
or joining bare conductors; subclass 138 for plural resilient
clasp capable of engaging and securing various circular
cross-sectional insulators; and subclasses 172+ for resilient
plural clasps for securing insulated conductors.
248, Supports, subclass 37.3 for resilient plural clasp
supports for supporting or holding cutlery; subclass 61 for
resilient plural configuration used in suspending overhead or
messenger cables; subclass 68.1 for plural resilient clasps
utilized in bracketing or supporting plural pipes or cables;
and subclasses 74.1+ for resilient plural clasps or clamps
structure for supporting or bracketing pipes or cables.
256, Fences, subclass 57 for resilient clasps connecting
cross pieces of fencing wire.
285, Pipe Joints or Couplings, subclass 114 for pipe joint
or coupling configuration provided with resilient clasps for
strain relief.
403, Joints and Connections, subclass 387 for plural
resilient claps securing or fastening flanged or grooved rods
to plates.
439, Electrical Connectors, subclasses 786+ for an
uninsulated electrical connector having resilient or
spring-operated securing means for electrically joining
plural conductors.
Subclass:
340
And pin attachment:
This subclass is indented under subclass 336. Subject matter
provided with a fastener comprising a piece of wire having a
head or headlike configuration at one end and a penetrating
point at the other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 351+ for clasp(*) and pin fasteners.
subclasses 356+ for plural diverse pin fasteners.
Subclass:
341
And disconnect means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 336. Subject matter
provided with separate means allowing the two clasps(*) to be
relatively easily engaged or disengaged from each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
358 for plural pin fasteners provided with disconnect
means.
subclasses 572+ for separable-fasteners(*).
Subclass:
342.1
Including a button fastening element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter
comprising a generally disk-shaped body designed to pass
through and cooperate with a buttonhole or loop to produce
securement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
43 for cuff holders in the form of a combined clasp and
button fastener.
90.1 for clasp-type fasteners utilized in fastening buttons
as articles.
367.1 for pin and button fasteners.
378.1 for hook and button fasteners.
379.1 for combined diverse multipart fasteners, one of which
is a button.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 302 for garment supporters and
retainers for supporting hose material utilizing clasp and
button fasteners.
Subclass:
343
And hook:
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter
provided with a fastener in the form of a hook comprising
either a wire or rod section, one end of which is curved or
sharply bent, or an element having a J-shaped configuration
utilized as a hook.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
44 for cuff holders in the form of combined clasp and hook
fasteners.
360 for plural pin fasteners provided with a hook.
363 for pin and hook fasteners.
subclasses 369+ for plural hook fasteners.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
160, Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclass 348 for clasp and hook-type structure utilized in
hanging and pleating draperies.
248, Supports, subclass 493 for mirror or picture supports
in the form of clasp and hook fasteners suspending cords to
retainers.
Subclass:
344
Having intermediate connector allowing movement:
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Subject matter
provided with means attaching the hook to a clasp(*) wherein
the hook is capable of moving relative to the clasp(*).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
362 for plural pins having an intermediate connector.
364 for a pin and hook fastener having an intermediate
connector.
Subclass:
345
And adjustment means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 344. Subject matter
further provided with means to rigidly position the hook in
any one of a plurality of selectable positions relative to
the clasp.
Subclass:
346
Having gripping configuration on clasp jaw:
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Subject matter
wherein the clasp has a pair of gripping jaws, wherein a jaw
is constructed to grasp and hole the
structure-to-be-secured(*).
Subclass:
347
Penetrating type:
This subclass is indented under subclass 346. Subject matter
wherein the jaw is constructed to have a piercing point
capable of penetrating at least partly into the
structure-to-be-secured(*).
Subclass:
348
Having cam:
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Subject matter
provided with pivotal means having an eccentric dimension
such that the pivotal means can move from an engaging to a
disengaging position relative to the
structure-to-be-secured(*).
Subclass:
349
Having separable jaws:
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Subject matter
wherein the clasp(*) has gripping jaws capable of moving
towards, away, and removeable from each other.
(1) Note. A screw is capable of being a clasp(*) jaw for
purposes of this subclass.
Subclass:
350
And penetrating prong:
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter
provided with a sheet metal or metal strip section having a
sharp projection stamped, cut, or formed thereon capable of
penetrating structure-to-be-secured(*).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
368 for pin and penetrating prong fasteners.
377 for hook and penetrating prong fasteners.
380 for combined diverse fasteners, one of which is a
penetrating prong.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
16, Miscellaneous Hardware, subclasses 4+ for clasp and
penetrating prong configurations utilized in fastening
carpets.
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclasses 662+ for
check label or tag fasteners in the form of a clasp provided
with a resilient prong.
160, Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclass 402 for fabric fastening means to elongated
elements by the use of a clasp and prong type fastener; and
subclass 404 for fabric fastening means to an elongated
element by the means of a pointed, pierced, or hook element.
248, Supports, subclass 71 for a pipe or cable bracket
provided with penetrating means.
Subclass:
351
And pin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter
provided with a pin fastener in the form of a piece of wire
having a head or headlike configuration at one end and a
penetrating point at the other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
46 for cuff holders in the form of a clasp and pin
fastener.
subclasses 356+ for plural pin fasteners.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
16, Miscellaneous Hardware, subclasses 4+ for combined
clasp and pin fasteners utilized for fastening or securing
carpets.
Subclass:
352
Having separate pin loss prevention means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 351. Subject matter
wherein the pin fastener is provided with means or a
configuration specially adapted to guard against loss of the
pin fastener.
(1) Note. The prevention means may either be independent of
the pin or incorporated with the body if the clasp(*) and pin
structure.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
706.2 for a pin having guiding, holding, or protecting means
for its penetrating portion.
Subclass:
353
Pin coextensive, coplanar and contiguous with clasp jaw:
This subclass is indented under subclass 352. Subject matter
wherein a jaw of the clasp(*) has the same special limits as,
lies on the same longitudinal planar axis as, and is adjacent
to the pin fastener.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
354 for clasp(*) and pin fasteners in which the pin is
coextensive, coplanar, and contiguous with a clasp(*) jaw.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
63, Jewelry, subclass 2 for miscellaneous type
loss-prevention devices for jewelry; and subclass 20 for
ornamental pins provided with pin loss prevention means.
Subclass:
354
Pin coextensive, coplanar and contiguous with clasp jaw:
This subclass is indented under subclass 351. Subject matter
wherein the pin fastener has the same special limits as, lies
on the same plane as, and is adjacent to the pin fastener.
Subclass:
355
Pin forms part of clasp jaw:
This subclass is indented under subclass 351. Subject matter
wherein the pin fastener acts as jaw of the clasp(*) to
secure the structure-to-be-secured(*).
Subclass:
356
Pin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 303. Subject matter
provided with a pin fastener comprising a piece of wire
having a head or headlike configuration at one end and a
penetrating point at the other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
6 for article holder holding flowers to the human body in
the form of a pin.
13 for holding various articles to the human body utilizing
a pin fastener.
48 for cuff holders in the form of a pin fastener.
subclasses 150+ for a single pin fastener of the Class 24
type.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
248, Supports, subclass 239 for projecting pin-type
fasteners for securing or bracketing shelves or scaffolds.
Subclass:
357
And pin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 356. Subject matter
provided with a second pin fastener in the form of a piece of
wire having a head or headlike configuration at one end and a
penetrating point at the other.
(1) Note. To be proper in this and indented subclasses, the
combined pins must be the type that, in addition to being
composed of plural elements, the pins are different in
configuration or composition, e.g., in length,
cross-sectional dimension, shape of the point, etc; otherwise
the document is properly classified in subclasses 150+ and
discretionarily cross-referenced to this and indented
subclasses.
Subclass:
358
And disconnect means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Subject matter
provided with disconnectable means which allow the two pins
to be relatively easily engaged or disengaged from each
other.
Subclass:
359
Hook and eye type:
This subclass is indented under subclass 358. Subject matter
wherein the disconnect means comprises a first component in
the form of a hook composed of wire sharply bent or curved at
one end specially adapted to engage and disengage with a
second component in the form of a eye fastener composed of a
wire curved back and attached onto itself.
Subclass:
360
And hook:
This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Subject matter
further provided with a hook comprising either a wire or rod
section, one end of which is curved or sharply bent, or an
element having a J-shaped configuration utilized as a hook.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 363+ for pin and hook fasteners.
subclasses 369+ for plural hook fasteners.
Subclass:
361
Having connector allowing movement:
This subclass is indented under subclass 360. Subject matter
provided with means for attaching either the hook to the pins
or the pins to each other, wherein the hook or pins are
movable with respect to each other subsequent to attachment.
Subclass:
362
Having intermediate connector allowing movement:
This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Subject matter
provided with means attaching the pins to each other, wherein
the pins are movable with respect to each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
364 for pin and hook fasteners having an intermediate
connector allowing movement.
Subclass:
363
And hook:
This subclass is indented under subclass 356. Subject matter
provided with a hook either in the form of a wire rod
section, the end of which is curved or sharply bent, or an
element having a J-shaped configuration utilized as a hook.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
369 for combined hook fasteners.
Subclass:
364
Having intermediate connector allowing movement:
This subclass is indented under subclass 363. Subject matter
provided with means attaching the pin to the hook wherein the
pin and hook are moveable relative to each other.
Subclass:
365
And adjustment means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Subject matter
provided with means to rigidly position the hook in any one
of a plurality of selectable positions relative to the pin.
Subclass:
366
Hook having locking means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 363. Subject matter
wherein the hook is provided with means capable of moving
from a securing to an unsecuring position relative to the
curved or bent end.
Subclass:
367.1
Including a button fastening element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 356. Subject matter
comprising a generally disk-shaped body designed to pass
through and cooperate with a buttonhole or loop to produce
securement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
47 for combined pin and button fasteners for cuff holders.
60 for combined button and pin fasteners for fastening or
securing neckties.
103 for pin fasteners utilized to secure or fasten buttons
as articles.
378.1 for hook and button fasteners.
379.1 for combined diverse multipart fasteners, one of which
is a button.
Subclass:
368
And penetrating prong:
This subclass is indented under subclass 356. Subject matter
provided with means having a sheet metal or metal strip
section having a sharp projection stamped, cut, or formed
thereon capable of penetrating structure-to-be-secured(*).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
377 for hook and penetrating prong fasteners.
380 for combined diverse multipart fasteners, one of which
is a penetrating prong.
690 for separable-fasteners(*) provided with deformable and
penetrable mounting means.
Subclass:
369
Hook:
This subclass is indented under subclass 303. Subject matter
provided with a hook either in the form of a wire or rod
section, the end of which is curved or sharply bent or, an
element having a J-shaped configuration utilized as a hook.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
230.5 for single hooks, per se.
231 for snap hooks, per se.
713.9 for a hook shaped lace directing means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
43, Fishing, Trapping, and Vermin Destroying, subclass 43.16
for various hooks used for or as artificial bait in fishing.
160, Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel
subclasses 348+ for various drapery hooks used in hanging
or suspending drapes with pleating means or other drapery
facilitating functions.
248, Supports, subclass 215 for hook type brackets on
horizontal bars or rods; subclass 340 for bar supported hook
type suspended supports.
362, Illumination, subclass 396 for hook type supports for
illumination devices.
452, Butchering, subclasses 187+ for the supporting and
shackling animal carcasses by means of a hook.
Subclass:
370
And hook:
This subclass is indented under subclass 369. Subject matter
provided with a second hook either in the form of a wire or
rod section, one end of which is curved or sharply bent, or
an element having a J-shaped configuration utilized as a
hook.
(1) Note. To be proper in this and indented subclasses, the
combined hooks must be the type that, in addition to being
composed of plural elements, the hooks are different in
configuration or composition, e.g., in length,
cross-sectional dimension, etc; otherwise the document is
properly classified in subclasses 230.5+ and discretionarily
cross-referenced to this and indented subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
165, Heat Exchange, subclass 98 for adjustable radiator
covering means utilizing plural hook structures.
182, Fire Escape, Ladder, or Scaffold, subclass 206 for
ladders provided with hook structure.
267, Spring Devices, subclass 73 for tension springs
provided with plural hook structures.
292, Closure Fasteners, subclass 288 for portable closure
fasteners provided with plural hook structure.
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, subclass 87.1
for multiple object grapples in the form of plural hook
structures.
Subclass:
371
Having biasing spring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 370. Subject matter
provided with separate elastic means assembled with the hooks
to force the hooks toward or away from each other.
Subclass:
372
Separately connected:
This subclass is indented under subclass 370. Subject matter
wherein the hooks are engageable or disengageable from each
other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 572+ for separable connectors, per se.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
59, Chain, Staple, and Horseshoe Making, subclass 85 for
chain link structures, per se, provided with disconnect
means.
Subclass:
373
Having securing means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 370. Subject matter
wherein a hook is provided with securing means capable of
moving from a securing to an unsecuring position relative to
an open end of the hook.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
152, Resilient Tires and Wheels, subclasses 236+ for cross
chain antiskid devices utilizing plural hooks with locking
means.
Subclass:
374
Sliding:
This subclass is indented under subclass 373. Subject matter
wherein the securing means comprises an element capable of
moving in smooth continuous contact with a portion of the
hook adjacent the open end.
Subclass:
375
Snap type:
This subclass is indented under subclass 373. Subject matter
wherein the securing means comprises a spring or a member
biased by a spring such that the spring or member is normally
in a secured position with respect to the open end of the
hook.
(1) Note. The structure-to-be-secured(*) with the hook
usually engages and moves the spring or member to the
unsecured position and then allows the spring or member to
return to the secured position thereby securing the
struc-ture-to-be-secured(*).
Subclass:
376
Pivoted:
This subclass is indented under subclass 373. Subject matter
wherein the securing means comprises a member adapted to
swing about an axis.
Subclass:
377
Having penetrating prong:
This subclass is indented under subclass 369. Subject matter
provided with a sheet metal or metal strip section having a
sharp projection stamped, cut, or formed thereon capable of
penetrating structure-to-be-secured(*).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
380 for combined diverse multipart fasteners, one of which
is a penetrating prong.
Subclass:
378.1
Including a button fastening element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 369. Subject matter
wherein one of the fasteners comprises a generally
disk-shaped body, designed to pass through and cooperate with
a buttonhole or loop, to produce securement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
379.1 for combined diverse fasteners, one of which is a
button.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 302 for hook and button fasteners used
in supporting or retaining hose garments.
Subclass:
379.1
Button fastening element including another fastener element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 305. Subject matter
wherein one of the fasteners comprises a generally
disk-shaped body designed to pass through and cooperate with
a buttonhole or loop to produce securement and other fastener
is of a different size, shape, or type.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
102 for fasteners securing buttons as articles wherein the
fastener is a link-type fastener.
Subclass:
380
Penetrating prong:
This subclass is indented under subclass 303. Subject matter
wherein one of the fasteners comprises a sheet metal or metal
strip section having a sharp projection stamped, cut, or
formed thereon capable of penetrating
structure-to-be-secured(*).
(1) Note. For this definition, the term "penetrating" is
defined as an elastic deformation of the
structure-to-be-secured(*) without piercing of same.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
690 for separable-fasteners(*) provided with deformable and
piercing mounting means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
602, Surgery: Splint, Brace, or Bandage, subclass 79 for
bandage retainers in the form of a penetrating prong combined
with another fastener.
606, Surgery, subclass 221 for wound closing clips or
serrefines.
Subclass:
381
ZIPPER OR REQUIRED COMPONENT THEREOF:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter comprising a zipper* or a required component of a
zipper* (i.e., interlocking configured surface or sliding
device).
(1) Note. An interlocking configured surface which is
disclosed as having both utility as a subcomponent of a
zipper* and as a separable-fastener* is classified here and
crossed to separable-fastener*.
(2) Note. See the class definition for patent placement
procedure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 33.2 for plural diverse
manufacturing apparatus for shaping or assembling a metal
zipper or zipper component; subclasses 408+ for a method of
making a zipper; and subclasses 766+ for apparatus which
assembles a zipper or components thereof.
66, Textiles: Knitting, subclass 80 for machines for
knitting stringer tapes which incorporate unknit or
fleece-type material (e.g., coiled wire) into a knitted
fabric; and subclasses 192+ for a warp knit fabric
incorporating an unknitted material (e.g., nominally recited
zipper tooth).
112, Sewing, subclass 475.16 for zipper tapes attached by
sewing.
139, Textiles: Weaving, appropriate subclasses for machines
for weaving stringer tapes which incorporate additional
material (e.g., coiled wire); and subclass 384 for woven
fabrics having a special shape (e.g., zipper stringer tapes
and nominally recited zipper tooth).
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, subclass 252 for separately molding different
shaped article portion (teeth) along a sheet edge (e.g.,
zipper stringer tape) to produce a composite article; and
subclasses 280+ for reshaping indefinite length work.
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, subclass 3.6
for zipper* pulling tools.
425, Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating:
Apparatus, appropriate subclasses, and cross-reference art
collection 814 for means to inject mold component parts of a
zipper.
Subclass:
382
Plural zippers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Subject matter
including two or more zippers* which are distinct from each
other.
(1) Note. The zippers* are considered distinct if at least
(a) there are two distinct sets (i.e., two opposed pairs), of
interlocking surfaces which are either noncolinear or if
collinear have a structural member preventing movement of a
common sliding device along both sets of surfaces, and (b)
the sets of interlocking surfaces are either operated by
independently movable sliding devices or a sliding device
which connects two distinct surface camming portions together
which each operate on a different one of the sets.
Subclass:
383
Zipper chain:
This subclass is indented under subclass 382. Subject matter
in which plural sets of interlocking surfaces are fabricated
together during manufacture on a common assembly strip (i.e.,
stringer) intended to be cut into separate zippers* in a
latter manufacturing step.
Subclass:
384
Having surface sealing structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 282. Subject matter
including structure which prevents the passage of a
particular substance (e.g., fluid, dust, water, air) through
the joint formed in the structure-to-be-secured* by the
interlocking surfaces of the zippers*.
Subclass:
385
Having slider or interconnected sliders with access opening
for diverse-art-member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper*
provided with either a single sliding device or two
interconnected sliding devices having an open region located
therein or therebetween, respectively, through which a member
not forming a part of the zipper and utilized in subject
matter proper for another class is intended to extend.
Subclass:
386
Plural independently movable sliders:
This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper*
provided with two or more independently movable sliding
devices each traveling along at least one common segment of a
single set of interlocking surfaces.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
382 for plural zippers* having sets of interlocking surfaces
with a common longitudinal axis and plural sliding devices
which never traverse any common segment of the sets of
surfaces.
Subclass:
387
With distinct, stationary means for anchoring slider:
This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper*
provided with stationary, nonrepetitive means distinguishable
from the interlocking surface and its supporting structure
which is either positioned at one of the terminal ends
thereof or a particular point therealong and intended to
cooperate with a portion of the sliding device to hold it at
a particular location.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 418+ for position locking-means* supported by
the slider and intended to cooperate with repetitive
structure located along the length of the interlocking
surface to anchor the slider at any position on the surface.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
70, Locks, for zippers in combination with locks.
Subclass:
388
And for aligning surfaces or obstructing slider movement:
This subclass is indented under subclass 387. Stationary
holding means having additional structure for either (a)
aligning the interlocking surfaces of the zipper*, or (b)
preventing or slowing the movement of the sliding device
along the interlocking surfaces beyond the point at which
they contact.
Subclass:
389
With distinct member for sealing surfaces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper*
provided with a member which does not form a portion of the
interlocking surfaces and which prevents the passage of a
particular substance (e.g., water, air, fluid, dust) through
the joint formed in the structure-to-be-secured* by the
interlocking surfaces of the zipper*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
384 for plural zippers having surface sealing structure.
Subclass:
390
With distinct separable-fastener:
This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Subject matter
provided with a separable-fastener* which is distinct from
the interlocking configured surface and not directly
contacting the sliding device or effecting the zipper's*
operation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 305+ for combined diverse multipart fasteners
which do not include zippers*.
Subclass:
391
Having coiled or bent continuous wire interlocking surface:
This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper*
including at least one interlocking surface consisting of a
slender coiled or bent, rigid* or semirigid* filament which
extends the full length of the surface.
(1) Note. Patents having peculiar interlocking structure
(i.e., head) have been crossed into this subclass from its
indented subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
575 for a separable-fastener* having two similarly shaped,
sized, and operated interlocking faces.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, subclasses 280+ for shaping indefinite length
work.
Subclass:
392
With stringer tape interwoven or knitted therewith:
This subclass is indented under subclass 391. Zipper*
provided with an intermediate mounting strip which is
attached to the coiled or bent filament by the intertwining
of plural slender elements which form the material of the
strip and the filament during a weaving or knitting
operation.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
66, Textiles: Knitting, subclasses 192+ for a warp knit
fabric incorporating an unknitted material (e.g., nominally
recited interlocking wire for zipper).
139, Textiles: Weaving, subclass 384 for woven fabrics
having a special shape (e.g., zipper stringer tapes and
nominally recited zipper tooth).
Subclass:
393
With stringer tape having specific weave or knit pattern:
This subclass is indented under subclass 391. Zipper*
provided with an intermediate mounting strip which both (a)
connects the filament to the structure-to-be-secured*, and
(b) is formed by intertwining plural slender elements into a
piece of material having a particular woven or knitted
pattern.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
66, Textiles: Knitting, subclasses 192+ for a warp knit
fabric incorporating an unknitted material.
139, Textiles: Weaving, subclass 384 for woven fabrics
having a special shape.
Subclass:
394
With core encircled by coils or bends:
This subclass is indented under subclass 391. Zipper*
provided with a member which extends the length of the
interlocking surface and is encircled by the coils or bends
of the filament.
Subclass:
395
With mounting portion having structural formations
complementary to stitching:
This subclass is indented under subclass 391. Coiled or bent
filament provided with structural formations positioned along
its length which are intended to cooperate with stitching
utilized in attaching the filament to either the
structure-to-be-secured* or an intermediate mounting strip
(e.g., stringer tape) intended to be connected to the
structure-to-be-secured*.
Subclass:
396
Attached by stitching:
This subclass is indented under subclass 391. Coiled or bent
filament attached by stitching to either the
structure-to-be-secured* or an intermediate mounting strip
intended to be connected thereto.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
393 394, and 395, for structure which is usually used in
conjunction with stitching to mount the interlocking
surface.
Subclass:
397
String or stringer tape having distinctive property (e.g.,
heat sensitive):
This subclass is indented under subclass 396. Coiled or bent
filament wherein a distinctive physical property of either
(a) the stitching string which is utilized in the stitching
operation, or (b) the struc-ture-to-be-secured* or the
mounting strip to which the filament is attached by the
string, is utilized to enhance the attachment.
Subclass:
398
With stringer tape having distinctive property (e.g., heat
sensitive):
This subclass is indented under subclass 391. Zipper*
provided with an intermediate mounting strip having a
distinctive physical property used to enhance the attachment
between the strip and the filament.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
397 for a continuous wire interlocking surface attached to a
stringer tape by stitching and either the string or stringer
tape having a distinctive property which effects the
attachment.
Subclass:
399
Having interlocking surface with continuous cross section:
This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper*
including at least one interlocking surface consisting of
either a single member or plural aligned members having a
specific and continuous cross-sectional formation
perpendicular to and along the full length of the
interlocking surface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
576 for a separable-fastener* having two elongated,
similarly shaped, interlocking faces which each have parallel
cross sections of identical shape along their full length.
Subclass:
400
Opposed interlocking surface having dissimilar cross
section:
This subclass is indented under subclass 399. Zipper* in
which the two opposed interlocking surfaces have different
cross-sectional formations.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
587 for a separable-fastener* having an elongated,
resilient, interlocking face with identically shaped,
parallel cross sections along its full length.
Subclass:
401
Having interlocking surface formed from single member with
varying cross section:
This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zippers*
including at least one interlocking surface formed from a
single member and having a cross-sectional shape which varies
at different points perpendicular to and located along its
length.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
577 for a separable-fastener* having two, similarly shaped,
interlocking faces which each have parallel cross sections of
varying shape along their length.
Subclass:
402
Opposed surface having dissimilar cross section:
This subclass is indented under subclass 401. Zipper* in
which the two opposed interlocking surfaces have different
cross-sectional formations.
Subclass:
403
Interlocking surface constructed from plural elements in
series:
This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper*
including specific details of an interlocking surface which
is constructed from plural, discrete elements (i.e., teeth)
attached in a series either directly to the
structure-to-be-secured* or to an intermediate mounting strip
(i.e., stringer) which is intended to be connected to the
structure-to-be-secured* in another distinct operation.
Subclass:
404
Having either noninterlocking element in, interrupted, or
unequal length series:
This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Zipper* wherein
the series of elements of one of the interlocking surfaces
either (a) includes one or more elements in the series having
no exterior face intended to interlock with an element of the
mating surface, (b) includes a gap between two of the
elements in the series which is significantly larger than the
spacing between the majority of elements in the series, or
(c) extends a significantly longer distance than the opposed
series of elements.
Subclass:
405
With element structural feature unrelated to interlocking or
securing portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Element
constructed with a functional or design feature (e.g., guide
slots for sliding devices) not essential to, nor perfecting,
either the portion of the element which (a) contacts and
interlocking with an opposed element, or (b) attaches the
element to the structure-to-be-secured* or mounting strip.
Subclass:
406
Dissimilar opposed elements:
This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Zipper* wherein
at least one discrete element of an interlocking surface is
dissimilar in construction or configuration to the discrete
element in the opposed surface with which it is intended to
engage when the zipper* is closed.
Subclass:
407
Wire element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Element wherein
the portion of the element intended to contact and interlock
with an element of the mating interlocking surface is formed
from a slender, rigid* or semirigid* filament.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 391+ for an interlocking surface formed from a
single coiled or bent continuous wire.
Subclass:
408
Preattached to mounting cord:
This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Discrete
elements premounted during the manufacture of the zipper* to
a distinct strand before being attached as a unit in a latter
manufacturing step.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 401+ for an interlocking surface formed (e.g.,
molded) from a single continuous member having a varying
cross section at different points along its length.
Subclass:
409
Having interlocking portion with specific shape:
This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Element wherein
the portion of the discrete element intended to contact and
interlock with a portion of an identical discrete element or
elements of the mating interlocking surface includes a face
having specific shape or contour (e.g., hooked).
Subclass:
410
Including symmetrical formations on opposite walls for
engaging mating elements:
This subclass is indented under subclass 409. Discrete
element face including two identically shaped symmetrical
formations located on opposite sides of the discrete element
for interlocking engagement with identical formations on two
different discrete elements of the mating interlocking
surface.
Subclass:
411
Including complementary formations on opposite walls for
engaging mating elements:
This subclass is indented under subclass 409. Discrete
element face including two, complementary-shaped formations
(e.g., cavity and projection) located on opposite sides of
the discrete element for interlocking with complementary
formations on two different discrete elements of the mating
interlocking surface.
Subclass:
412
Mating elements having reversed orientation of formations:
This subclass is indented under subclass 411. Discrete
element face wherein the discrete elements of the mating
surface which interlock therewith have identically shaped
formations turned in the opposite direction of slider
travel.
Subclass:
413
Having mounting portion with specific shape or structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Discrete
element wherein the portion of the element intended to
contact and facilitate attaching it to either the
structure-to-be-secured* or the mounting strip includes a
particular structural formation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
682.1 for a separable-fastener* having means for mounting
one of its members to the structure-to-be-secured* or a
support therefor.
Subclass:
414
Including embracing jaws:
This subclass is indented under subclass 413. Element
attaching portion including a pair of opposed cooperating
jaws which embrace either the structure-to- be-secured* or
the mounting strip.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 688+ for a separable-fastener* with one of its
members provided with deformable means formed from or fixedly
attached to it for mounting it to the
structure-to-be-secured* or a support therefor.
Subclass:
415
Slider having specific configuration, construction,
adaptation, or material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper* in
which a portion or component of the sliding device (1) has
either a particular (a) shape or contour, (b) assembled
relationship, or (c) perfecting feature unrelated to its
primary function of shifting interlocking surfaces, or (2) is
made from a particular composition of matter.
Subclass:
416
Including relatively movable spaced wings (i.e., restraining
walls):
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Sliding device
including two spaced walls located on opposite sides of the
structure-to-be-secured* which are connected together in a
manner allowing relative movement therebetween and utilized
both (a) to support the interlocking surface camming and
shifting components of the device, and (b) to restrain the
separation of the interlocking surfaces.
(1) Note. The spaced walls of this subclass merely restrain
the separation of the contacted segment of the interlocking
surfaces within a fixed bounded region for alignment purposed
and do not shift the surfaces into an interlocked position.
Subclass:
417
Including converging channel and relatively movable separator
island:
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Sliding device
in which the surface camming and shifting components include
(a) two converging walls forming a channel which forces the
two interlocking surfaces towards each other and into
engagement when the sliding device is traveling in one
direction, and (b) a member located between and movable
relative to both of the channel walls which forces the two
interlocking surfaces away from each other and out of
engagement when the sliding device is traveling in the
opposite direction.
Subclass:
418
Including position locking-means attached thereto:
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Sliding device
including locking-means* attached thereto and operated either
(a) by a sudden separation force on the
structure-to-be-secured*, or (b) by hand for anchoring the
sliding device at any position located along the length of
the interlocking surfaces.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 387+ for nonrepetitive stationary means
distinguishable from the interlocking surface for anchoring
the slider.
Subclass:
419
Protrusion on pull tab directly engaging interlocking
surfaces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 418. Sliding device
provided with a movably attached member (e.g., bar, chain) by
which the pulling force necessary to shift the device along
the length of the surfaces is transmitted, and wherein the
locking-means* for the sliding device consists of either an
integrally formed or rigidly affixed protrusion which is
located on the pull member and engages with the interlocking
surfaces when the pull member is moved relative to the
slider.
Subclass:
420
Having surface engaging element shifted by reorientation of
pull tab:
This subclass is indented under subclass 418. Sliding device
provided with a movably attached member (e.g., bar, chain) by
which the pulling force necessary to shift the device along
the length of the interlocking surfaces is transmitted, and
wherein the locking-means* for anchoring the sliding device
includes an element either separate from or movably attached
to the pull member which is engaged with the interlocking
surfaces when the pull member is reoriented or relocated
relative to the sliding device.
Subclass:
421
Resilient or spring biased element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 420. Locking-means*
wherein the interlocking surface engaging element is either
(a) constructed to be resilient* (b) made from a resilient*
material, or (c) is attached to a spring which pulls it
toward an initial position.
Subclass:
422
Selectively shifted by either of two pull tabs:
This subclass is indented under subclass 421. Locking-means*
in which the resilient* or spring biased element may be
shifted into engagement with the interlocking surfaces by
either of two distinct pull members.
Subclass:
423
With relatively movable link:
This subclass is indented under subclass 421. Locking-means*
provided with a separate, motion transmitting, linking member
located between the pull member and the resilient* or spring
biased element and movable relative to each.
Subclass:
424
Biased by distinct spring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 421. Locking-means*
in which the interlocking surface engaging element is biased
by a spring which is not integral therewith.
Subclass:
425
Having aperture cooperation with guide post:
This subclass is indented under subclass 421. Locking-means*
in which an aperture is formed in the interlocking surface
engaging element for encircling a relatively fixed column or
finger which limits this encompassing portion of the element
to travel along the column's length.
Subclass:
426
Including means preventing bunching of
structure-to-be-secured or stringer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Sliding device
including means either formed from or attached to the sliding
device for preventing the gathering, puckering, or wrinkling
of either (a) the structure-to-be-secured*, or (b) an
intermediate mounting strip utilized in mounting the
interlocking surfaces to the structure-to-be-secured* at one
location during the travel of the sliding device.
Subclass:
427
Having specific contour or arrangement of converging channel,
separator island, or wing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Sliding device
including specific details of either the shape of or the
assembled relationship between (a) a channel portion of the
sliding device having converging walls which partially
encompass and force together the interlocking surfaces when
the sliding device travels in one direction, (b) a wedging
portion of the sliding device which pushes between and forces
apart the interlocking surfaces when the device travels in
the opposite direction, or (c) a wall portion of the sliding
device which supports the channel and wedging portions and
restrains the outward movement of the interlocking surfaces
within a fixed bounded region for alignment purposes.
Subclass:
428
Spaced segments of each wall of channel supported by
different wings:
This subclass is indented under subclass 427. Sliding device
in which each of the converging walls of the channel portion
includes two distinct sections which have (a) an open gap
therebetween and (b) are each supported by a different
restraining wall of the sliding device.
Subclass:
429
Including pull tab attaching means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Sliding device
including both (a) member through which the pulling force
necessary to shift the device along the length of the
interlocking surface is transmitted to the sliding device and
(b) means for attaching this member to the sliding device.
Subclass:
430
Including means for attaching components of slider together:
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Sliding devices
including means for attaching separate components of the
sliding device together into a unit.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
429 for pull tab-attaching means which may attach additional
components of the slider together.
Subclass:
431
With ornamental slider:
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Sliding device
provided with at least one component intended to enhance the
appearance of the sliding device (e.g., decorative indicia
thereof, a symbolic configuration, ornamental material
attached thereto).
Subclass:
432
With means for concealing surfaces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper*
provided with a member which covers the interlocking surfaces
concealing them from view and is either formed for a portion
of an intermediate strip (i.e., stringer) utilized in
mounting the interlocking surfaces to the
structure-to-be-secured*, an independent piece of material
attached to either the mounting strip or the
structure-to-be-secured.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
389 for a member which conceals the interlocking surfaces
from view and prevents the passage of a particular substance
through the joint (e.g., water).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclasses 265+ for general apparel structure
(e.g., cover flap) which is used with attachment fasteners.
Subclass:
433
Including complementary, aligning means attached to ends of
interlocking surfaces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper*
including means having a component located at the terminal
portion of each of the interlocking surfaces which are
structurally complementary to each other and align the ends
of the interlocking surfaces.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
388 for complementary aligning means combined with structure
for anchoring the slider.
Subclass:
434
Having specific mounting connection or reinforcing structure
at connection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 433. Aligning means
having either (a) specific structure for attaching the
aligning means to the structure-to-be-secured* or to an
intermediate mounting strip utilized in interconnecting the
aligning means to the structure-to-be-secured*, or (b)
specific structure near the attachment joint for reinforcing
and preventing damage to the structure-to-be-secured* or the
mounting strip.
Subclass:
435
Including means attaching interlocking surfaces together:
This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper*
including means distinct from the interlocking surfaces for
attaching at least one portion of an interlocking surface to
the opposed interlocking surface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
390 for a separable-fastener* which secures the upper ends
of two stringer tapes together without effecting the
operation of the zipper* (i.e., the securing is not necessary
for the normal operation of the zipper*).
Subclass:
436
Including means for obstructing movement of slider:
This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper*
including means separate from the sliding device which
prevents or slows the movement of the device along the
interlocking surfaces beyond the point at which it is located
(e.g., end of surface).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
388 for means which obstruct slider movement combined with
structure for anchoring the slider.
435 for means which obstruct slider movement and attaches
the interlocking surfaces together.
Subclass:
437
SLIT CLOSING MEANS INCLUDING GUIDES ON OPPOSITE EDGES OF SLIT
AND SLIDABLE BRIDGING COMPONENT:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter comprising means which either pulls together or covers
an elongated opening in the structure-to-be-secured*, and
includes (a) guides located on the opposite longitudinal
edges of the opening, and (b) a component which contacts both
opposed guides and slides thereon when moving to or from a
position where it extends across the gap between the
longitudinal edges of the opening to shut or cover it.
(1) Note. See the class definition for patent placement
procedure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
36, Boots, Shoes, and Leggings, subclass 50.1 for closure
for uppers.
Subclass:
438
With hand-actuated lever for shifting bridging component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 437. Subject matter
provided with a hand-actuated*, rigid* element which is
pivotally connected to the sliding component and shifts the
component between different positions when manual force is
applied thereto and the element is swung about the pivot
connection.
Subclass:
439
Including structure linking and allowing variations in
separation between opposite-guide-contacting portions or
component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 437. Sliding
component including structure which (a) is located between
and connects together the distinct portions of the component
which contact the guides positioned on opposite sides of the
opening, and (b) allows the distance between these guide
contacting portions to change or be adjusted.
Subclass:
440
Having bridging components attached in series along carrying
element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 437. Subject matter
including plural sliding components connected in sequential
order along the length of a common, distinct element (e.g.,
cord) which transmits to the components the force necessary
to shift them along the guides.
Subclass:
441
Having separate, independently movable, bridging components:
This subclass is indented under subclass 437. Subject matter
including plural, separate, sliding components which are
movable independently along the same set of opposed guides.
Subclass:
442
INCLUDING READILY DISSOCIABLE FASTENER HAVING NUMEROUS,
PROTRUDING, UNITARY FILAMENTS RANDOMLY INTERLOCKING WITH, AND
SIMULTANEOUSLY MOVING TOWARDS, MATING STRUCTURE (E.G.,
"VELCRO (TM)"):
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter including means (1) for securing a segment of the
structure-to-be-secured* to either supporting structure
therefor or a distinct segment thereof in a manner allowing
the securement to be quickly detached, and (2) having a
multiplicity of individual threadlike (i.e., the size of a
cross-sectional area thereof taken perpendicular to its
longitudinal axis being extremely small when compared to the
area of the common mounting surface for the members) members
which (a) each have all of their components integral with or
fixedly attached to one another (b) are mounted to a common
mounting surface anchored to the structure-to-be-secured* or
a support structure therefor from which they extend upwardly,
and (c) are intended to move both without preorientation and
in unison towards engagement with separate, opposed structure
attached to, formed from, or consisting of the distinct
segment of the structure-to-be-secured* or the support
structure therefor with which each threadlike member
individually and mechanically interlocks (i.e., its movement
is restricted in the direction in which force is transmitted
thereto by the structure-to-be-secured*) to complete the
securement.
(1) Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclasses
several of the threadlike members should, by disclosure, be
mounted along each side of the common mounting surface to
allow random alignment of the means with the opposed
structure at any given orientation of the mounting surface.
(2) Note. Patents which claim only structure details of a
single, interlocking, threadlike member which is solely
disclosed as being utilized in a securing means proper for
this and the indented subclasses have been placed in these
subclasses on a disclosure basis.
(3) Note. See the class definition for patent placement
procedure.
(4) Note. Pointed or barbed threadlike members which pierce
the unmodified surface of the structure-to-be-secured* or a
support therefor to complete the securement operation are
considered proper for this and the indented subclasses.
(5) Note. The trademark "VEL CRO (TM)" has simply been used
in the title of this subclass as an example of one well known
fastener brand which generally fits within the broader
concept of this subclass and has been both capitalized and
placed between quotation marks in the title to protect its
status as an active trademark.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
31 for a fastener of the type proper for this subclass which
is utilized in connecting together the ends of a driving
belt.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
28, Textiles: Manufacturing, subclass 161 for pile fabric
specifically fabricated or treated for utilization in forming
a separable-fastener*.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, subclass 100
for a structurally defined web or sheet including a hook or
barb fastener for attachment to an external surface.
Subclass:
443
With distinct structure for sealing securement joint:
This subclass is indented under subclass 442. Securing means
provided with structure which does not form a portion of any
of the interlocking, threadlike members and which prevents
the passage of a particular substance (e.g., water) through
the joint formed between the interlocking members and the
opposed structure with which they interlock during the
securing operation.
Subclass:
444
With feature facilitating, enhancing, or causing attachment
of filament mounting surface to support therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 442. Threadlike
member mounting surface provided with a special structural
feature which is intended to assist in, expedite, improve the
quality of, or cause its anchoring to either the distinct
segment of the structure-to-be-secured* or the support
structure therefor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
682.1 for a separable-fastener* having means for mounting
one of its members to a distinct segment of the
structure-to-be-secured* or the support structure therefor.
Subclass:
445
Having filaments formed from continuous element interwoven or
knitted into distinct, mounting surface fabric:
This subclass is indented under subclass 442. Securing means
having at least two of the individual threadlike members both
formed from a common continuous element which is mounted to
the mounting surface by the intertwining of the element with
a plurality of distinct (i.e., having different structural
shape or assembled orientation from element), slender strands
forming the material of the mounting surface during a weaving
or knitting operation.
Subclass:
446
Having filaments of varied shape or size on same mounting
surface:
This subclass is indented under subclass 442. Securing means
in which the individual threadlike members located on the
common mounting surface have a diversity of configurations or
dimensions.
Subclass:
447
With feature facilitating or causing attachment of filaments
to mounting surface:
This subclass is indented under subclass 442. Securing means
provided with a feature which is specifically intended to
assist in, expedite, improve the quality of, or cause the
mounting of the threadlike members to the mounting surface.
Subclass:
448
Thermal or adhesive:
This subclass is indented under subclass 447. Mounting
feature utilizing either the thermal properties or molecular
adhesive forces of the threadlike members, mounting surface,
or a separate mounting substance in the mounting operation.
Subclass:
449
Having several, repeating, interlocking formations along
length of filaments:
This subclass is indented under subclass 442. Threadlike
members having several, similar structural formations formed
along the length of the members, which formations are each
intended to be capable of interlocking with the opposed
structure during at least some of the securing operations.
Subclass:
450
Having opposed structure formed from distinct filaments of
diverse shape to those mating therewith:
This subclass is indented under subclass 442. Securing means
wherein the opposed structure with which the threadlike
members of the securing means interlock is also formed from a
multiplicity of individual threadlike members having a
configuration which is different from that of the members
they engage and interlock with.
Subclass:
451
Having filaments constructed from coated, laminated, or
composite material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 442. Threadlike
members having their individual structure formed either (a)
one substance enclosed within a layer of another distinct
substance, (b) two distinct layers of different substances
united together or, (c) two distinct substances each forming
different portions of the same member.
Subclass:
452
Having mounting surface and filaments constructed from common
piece of material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 442. Securing means
having the mounting surface and their threadlike members
formed (e.g., molded, cut) from a single piece of material.
Subclass:
453
INDEPENDENT, HEADED, APER-TURE-PASS-THROUGH FASTENER:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter comprising a securing means which (1) is separated
from (i.e., not mounted or attached to) both the
structure-to-be-secured* and any supporting structure
therefor, (2) includes a relatively narrow shank portion
intended to (a) first pass freely through (i.e., not
interlock with) an initial preformed aperture in the
structure-to-be-secured* or supporting structure therefor and
(b) then interlock with (i.e., movement of the securing means
is restricted in a direction force is exerted thereon by the
struc-ture-to-be-secured*) an aligned structural modification
(e.g., aperture) or peculiarity (e.g., bend) in either the
supporting structure or a separate area of the
structure-to-be-secured*, and (3) includes an enlarged,
insertion-force-transmitting head portion which in final
position contacts the surface area around the initial
aperture preventing the terminal end of the securing means
from passing therethrough.
(1) Note. The area around the aperture in the
structure-to-be-secured* is held or gripped between the
headed portion of the securing means and the face of the
structural modification or peculiarity after interlock has
taken place.
(2) Note. The shank portion of the fastening means is always
narrower in at least one dimension than the headed portion
thereof during the insertion operation, however, it may
include a section which before or after it is passed through
the aperture expands from a contracted configuration to a
configuration as wide or wider than the headed portion.
(3) Note. A securing means which in addition includes a
component which does not pass through the aperture and
engages the tip of the shank to complete its interlock with
the modifications or peculiarities is only considered proper
for this subclass if the component is totally separate from
the remainder of the securing means and is found in
subclasses 455+ if linked by connecting structure (see
subclass 455, (1) Note.
(4) Note. See the class definition for patent placement
procedures.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
41.1 for cuff holders having similar structure and operation
to the fasteners of this subclass.
subclasses 573+ for similar fasteners which include three
separate components and have at least two of these components
formed from either (1) material distinct from that of the
structure-to-be-secured* or a support therefor and not
encompassed thereby, or (2) the material of the
structure-to-be-secured* or the support therefor, however, in
this instance, both of these components if one includes an
apertures must either, (a) have their interlocking structure
remain unaligned with each other along the central axis of
the aperture when in their final interlocked position, or (b)
have the third element engage each in a separate distinct
interlocking operation.
706 for a headed pin fastener.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
403, Joints and Connections, subclasses 405+ for a separate
connector, fastener, or retainer for connecting together
rigid or semirigid panels in which either (a) a peculiar
cooperating configuration between the panels is claimed, or
(b) plural connectors, fasteners, or retainers are claimed in
a particular arrangement.
411, Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed, or
Locked-Threaded Fastener, for headed fastener which are
either (a) impact driven, (b) rotated by a torque applying
tool, (c) have a permanently deformed tip, or (d) have a
pointed material impaling tip.
Subclass:
454
FASTENER WITH REVOLVING COMPONENT WRAPPING
STRUCTURE-TO-BE-SECURED ABOUT FASTENER:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter comprising a fastener having a component revolving
about (i.e., rotating at least 360 deg.) a relatively
stationary component of the fastener along with a
continuously engaged segment of a flaccid*
structure-to-be-secured* to thereby wind the
structure-to-be-secured* about at least one component of the
fastener.
Subclass:
455
CLASP, CLIP, SUPPORT-CLAMP, OR REQUIRED COMPONENT THEREOF:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter comprising a clasp*, clip*, support clamp*, or
required component (i.e., a surface of the mechanism having
the sole purpose of gripping a structure-to-be-secured*)
thereof.
(1) Note. Securing means having a component cooperating with
a structural modification formed in or from a portion of the
structure-to-be-secured* (e.g., extending through an aperture
formed in the structure-to-be-secured*) when operating are
not considered proper for this and the indented subclasses if
the sole function of this modification is for the securing
operation and are generally found in separable-fasteners*.
The only exceptions to this statement are when (a) the
component of the securing means cooperating with the
modification is used to connect the article gripping face of
a support-clamp* to the structure-to-be-secured* which forms
the opposed gripping face, of the support-clamp*, it is then
proper for subclass 458 if the article gripping face is
claimed and the supporting article has no special structural
modification (e.g., another aperture being gripped by the
faces), or (b) the component is located on one gripping face
of an independent clasp* (i.e., a clasp* unconnected in any
manner to either another portion of the
structure-to-be-secured* or a supporting structure therefor)
which is intended to merely grip two segments of the
structure-to-be-secured* together and has its component
supporting gripping face linked to its opposed gripping face
solely by structure which does not pass through the
structural modification in the structure-to-be-secured*.
(2) Note. See Lines With Other Classes of the class
definition of this class for the line between Classes 24 and
248. Also, see the search note to Class 24 in the class
definition of Class 248.
(3) Note. Securing means having a component which penetrates
or forms a passageway through the structure-to-be-secured*
when operating are not considered proper for this and the
indented subclasses and are found generally below in subclass
706 and its indented subclasses. The only exception is when
the penetrating component is (a) intended to enhance the
gripping action and is located on and protrudes at an angle
skewed to the structure-to-be-secured* contacting surface of
one of the relatively movable, interconnected, opposed
gripping faces of a clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp*, and (2)
not restricted by structure which contacts the portion of the
penetrating component extending through the
structure-to-be-secured* to prevent its removal in a
direction opposed to that of its entry into the
structure-to-be-secured*.
(4) Note. See the class definition for patent placement
procedures.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
41.1 for devices for holding cuffs.
subclasses 67+ for paper fasteners, clipboards, and other
paper clamping devices which cooperate with specific paper
structure for holding the paper in a given position. Paper
fasteners of a more general utility are classified under
subclass 455 or its indented subclasses.
72.5 for clasps*, clips* or support- clamps* which cooperate
with specific bedclothes structure for holding bedclothes in
a given position. Bedclothes holders of a more general
utility are classified under subclass 455 or its indented
subclasses.
115 for a cord or rope engaging fastener which is a
component of a clasp* and holds one portion of a cord or rope
relative to another portion of a cord or rope where the cord
or rope has another principal function (i.e., it is the
structure-to-be-secured* since it has principle utility
outside this class).
subclasses 163+ for devices which grasp belt like bands in
the manner of a buckle.
265 for a strap-end-attaching device combined with an
unclaimed clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp*.
706.2 for devices which grasp pins to prevent their loss.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclasses 300-342 for clasps*, clips*,
support-clamps* used to support or retain garments or to hold
parts of a garment supporter together where significant
structure or features of the garments or parts held (i.e.,
details not required for gripping) are claimed. See (1) Note
of the class definition of this class.
5, Beds, particularly subclasses 402+ for devices for
securing a cover to a pad or bottom of a bedstead; subclass
411 for devices for securing a portion of a mattress on to a
section of a bed which has been unfolded or extended; and
subclass 498 for devices for holding bedclothes on the bed or
details of the bedclothes. Details of the specific
bedclothes, bed, or portion thereof must be claimed.
15, Brushing, Scrubbing, and General Cleaning, particularly
subclass 257.2 for a clasp* for attaching dustpans to
brushes or brooms.
16, Miscellaneous Hardware, particularly subclasses 4+ for
a device (e.g., clip*, clasp*, or support-clamp*) peculiar
to, or having a sole disclosure for use in, securing a carpet
to the floor of a building; and subclass 428 for a device
peculiar to, or having a sole disclosure for use in, securing
a cord pull handle to window blind.
29, Metal Working, particularly subclass 13 and 400.1+, for
a process of manufacturing a metal clasp*, clip* or
support-clamp*. Search in particular subclasses 33+, 650, and
700+ for the means for performing the process.
38, Textiles: Ironing or Smoothing, particularly subclass
102.91 for fabric fasteners attached to a stretcher frame.
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, particularly subclass
16.4 for a check, label, or tag holder using a clamp for
attachment to a body.
63, Jewelry, particularly subclasses 12+ for earrings which
claim the details of the ornamental setting or of the ear
engaging portions.
69, Leather Manufactures, particularly subclasses 19+ for
apparatus (e.g., a clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp*) peculiar
to or having a sole disclosure for use in the stretching or
holding of leather.
72, Metal Deforming, particularly subclasses 293+ and 422+
for a clasp* used in deforming metal.
73, Measuring and Testing, particularly subclasses 831+ and
856+ for apparatus (e.g., a clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp*)
peculiar to or having a sole disclosure for use in specimen
measuring and testing.
74, Machine Element or Mechanism, particularly subclasses
144+ for a device (e.g., a clasp*) which intermittently
grips, for the purpose of moving, a member (e.g., a polish
rod); and subclasses 579+ for a pitmen or connecting rod and
its gripping device.
132, Toilet, particularly subclass 41 for hair retained
curlers with a clasp* type hair fastener; and subclasses 46
and 48 for curl, clasp*, or barrette-type hair fasteners.
140, Wireworking, particularly subclasses 82+ for devices
for making or forming a wire clasp*, clip*, or
support-clamp*.
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
particularly subclasses 1+ and 66 for a method of
manufacture of an adhesively bonded clasp*, clip*, or
support-clamp*.
160, Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
particularly subclass 349.1 for hung drapes combined with
drape holding means; and subclasses 382+ for fabric fastening
means.
164, Metal Founding, particularly subclasses 1+ for process
of molding a metallic clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp*.
173, Tool Driving or Impacting, particularly subclasses 163+
for a machine wrench which grips and rotates a pipe or rod
(e.g., a well pipe to move it into and out of a material).
175, Boring or Penetrating the Earth, particularly subclass
422 for a clasp* (e.g., a well slip assembly) which
separately travels with an earth boring shaft or which
cooperates with specifically shaped well structure which
stops or actuates the clasp*. A broader claiming of a well
drilling apparatus is not sufficient for placement in Class
175.
188, Brakes, particularly subclass 67 for a brake (e.g., a
clasp*) mechanically connected to a relatively stationary
structure and which holds a pipe or rod at various locations
along the pipe's or rod's length for short, quick linear
assembly or disassembly during a work or manufacturing
operation, or preparatory to a working operation, done by the
pipe, rod, or a pipe supported tool.
211, Supports: Racks, appropriate subclasses for structure
which supports and article against the pull of gravity or
holds it in a storage position; particularly subclasses
119.11-119.13 for article gripper means supported by, and
in combination with, a clothesline.
248, Supports, appropriate subclasses for structure which
supports an article against the pull of gravity or holds it
in a storage position.
249, Static Molds, particularly subclasses 205+ for mold
adjuncts which function to hold the mold parts in operative
relation.
254, Implements or Apparatus for Applying Pushing or Pulling
Force, appropriate subclasses for a clasp* attached to a work
pushing or pulling implement or apparatus.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, particularly subclasses 239+ for a process of
mechanical shaping or molding to form or reform a shaped,
plastic or nonmetallic clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp*.
269, Work Holders, appropriate subclasses for clamps which
hold an article (e.g., a well pipe or rod) while modifying
work is done on it, or while a plurality of articles are
being located in an assembled arrangement.
279, Chucks or Sockets, appropriate subclasses for a chuck or
socket which grips a pipe, rod, or tool which is intended to
be rotated or repeatedly reciprocated by an unclaimed power
boring source.
280, Land Vehicles, particularly subclasses 170+ and 183+
for whip and rein holders on a vehicle.
281, Books, Strips, and Leaves, particularly subclass 42 for
book leaf holders and marks.
292, Closure Fasteners, particularly subclasses 305+ for
rod clamps for securing closures in an adjusted position.
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, particularly
subclasses 86+ and 102 for a grapple which is disclosed for
gripping articles (e.g., well pipes or rods) being moved
between two locations by either a hand or cable lifting
force.
373, Industrial Electrical Heating Furnaces, particularly
subclasses 94+ for clamps for holding electrodes in an arc
furnace.
396, Photography, appropriate subclasses and particularly
subclasses 511+ for devices peculiar to the holding of
photos:graphic film.
402, Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or Notch of
Sheet, appropriate subclasses for clamping devices which
cooperate with an aperture or notch in sheet material.
403, Joints and Connections, appropriate subclasses for means
securing plural members together whereby the means is
involved in a particular cooperation or relation with the
members. See in particular subclass 344, 345+ and Digest 5
for carbon rod holders.
425, Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating:
Apparatus, appropriate subclasses for means to injection mold
plastic or earthenware component parts of a clasp*, clip*, or
support-clamp*.
439, Electrical Connectors, appropriate subclasses for a
clamping device associated with connecting conductors of
electricity.
602, Surgery: Splint, Brace, or Bandage, subclass 79 for
bandage restrainers.
623, Prosthesis (i.e., Artificial Body Members), Parts
Thereof, or Aids and Accessories Therefor, subclass 57 for
hooks of the artificial hand type.
D2, Apparel and Haberdashery, particularly subclasses 405+
for clothing fastener designs.
Subclass:
456
Gripping member adapted for tool actuation or release:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* having a gripping member specifically
shaped or arranged for direct cooperation with a separate
hand or power operated, force transmitting implement (i.e., a
tool) which causes an engaging surface of the gripping member
to be nondestructively moved into or out of securing contact
with a structure-to-be-secured* or supporting member by
direct force from the implement.
(1) Note. Clasps*, clips*, or support- clamps* having
intermediate operators* such as cams, screws, or bolts which
are actuated or released by a tool are not proper for this
subclass and may be found elsewhere under subclass 455.
(2) Note. The combination of a clasp*, clip*, or
support-clamp* and a positively claimed tool is found in the
class providing for the particular tool.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
703 for a nonflaccid fastener destructively secured and
reshaped or deformed by a tool distortion force.
704 for a two part, interlocking fastener requiring either
destructive or tool disengagement.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
411, Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed, or
Locked-Threaded Fastener, for headed fasteners which are
either (a) impact driven, (b) rotated by a torque applying
tool, (c) have a permanently deformed tip, or (d) have a
pointed material impaling tip.
Subclass:
457
With specific mounting means for attaching to rigid or
semirigid supporting structure or structure-to-be-secured:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* provided with specific means for attaching
it to a rigid* or semirigid* (a) supporting structure, or (b)
structure-to-be-secured*.
(1) Note. The actual mounting means, per se, must be
positively claimed for the combination to be considered
proper for this subclass. The mere claiming of a clasp*,
clip*, or support-clamp* which is "adapted" for mounting is
considered insufficient for placement herein. The clasp*,
clip*, or support-clamp*, after being mounted to the
supporting structure or the structure-to-be-secured* is then
capable of gripping a structure-to-be-secured* or supporting
structure, respectively.
(2) Note. See (1) Note of subclass 455 for the line between
this subclass and subclass 572, Separable-Fastener or
Required Component Thereof.
(3) Note. A rigid* or semirigid* linking structure (e.g., a
suspension ring or a wire coat hanger) which merely (i.e.,
its sole disclosed function) connects the clasp*, clip*, or
support-clamp* to another structure which supports both the
clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* and the linking structure is
not considered alone to be a rigid* or semirigid* support
structure.
(4) Note. This subclass does not include peculiar mounting
formations which either (1) (a) require the supporting
structure to first pass through the passageway formed by
opposed structure-to-be-secured* engaging surfaces and (b)
are extensions of this passageway simply located further
therealong or (2) are intended to be capable of alternately
being utilized to grip the structure-to-be-secured* (e.g.,
not plural clasping sections).
(5) Note. See Lines With Other Classes in the class
definition of this class for the line between Classes 24 and
248. Also, see the search note to Class 24 in the class
definition of Class 248.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 67+ for paper fasteners, clipboards and other
paper clamping devices which cooperate with specific paper
structure for holding the paper in a given position. Paper
fasteners of a more general utility are classified under
subclass 455 or its indented subclasses.
subclasses 289+ for similar fasteners attaching a
decorative trim molding strip to the exterior of a vehicle or
similar body.
485 for independently operable clasp*, clips*, or
support-clamps* connected by a rigid*, nongripping,
specifically shaped portion, e.g., a yoke.
subclasses 478+ 489, 497, 529, and 532, for a clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* provided with mounting means for attaching
to a flaccid* supporting structure or
structure-to-be-secured*.
531 for integrally combined, independently operable,
diverse, resilient* clasp*, clips*, or support-clamps*.
subclasses 545+ for plural, one-piece, resilient* fastener
faces connected by an integral connecting structure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
211, Supports: Racks, subclasses 13+ for special article
supports; and subclasses 86+ for specially mounted or
attached supports or racks.
223, Apparel Apparatus, subclasses 85+ for clamps combined
with a specific apparel hanger.
248, Supports, appropriate subclasses for mounted supports in
general.
403, Joint and Connections, for a separate connector,
fastener, or retainer for connecting together rigid* or
semirigid* panels in which either (a) a peculiar cooperating
configuration between the panels is claimed, or (b) plural
connectors, fasteners, or arrangement.
Subclass:
458
For cooperating with aperture in supporting structure or
structure-to-be-secured:
This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Attaching means
which cooperates with a preformed opening in either the
supporting structure or the structure-to-be-secured.
(1) Note. A support-clamp* mounted to a
structure-to-be-secured* via an aperture therethrough must
not pass through an additional aperture on the supporting
structure which is for the sole purpose of cooperating with
the support-clamp*. See subclass 455, (1) Note.
(2) Note. See subclass 453, (3) Note and subclass 573, (2)
Note for further distinctions between those subclasses and
this.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 289+ for similar fasteners used to attach a
decorative trim molding strip to the exterior of a vehicle or
similar body.
subclasses 573+ for a separable-fastener* which includes
three separate components and either (a) has at least two of
these components formed from material other than that of the
structure-to-be-secured* or a support structure therefor or
(b) has two of these components formed from the material of
the structure-to-be-secured* or a support structure therefor,
but not aligned with each other when in their final fastening
position.
Subclass:
459
Dissociable gripping members:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp* having
two completely detached gripping members (i.e., the gripping
members not being connected to each other in any manner)
which are intended to mate or interlock with each other at a
specific location while grasping the structure-to-be-secured*
therebetween.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 530+ for a resilient mechanism which mates or
interlocks with structure which has an additional and usually
principle function other than normally associated with this
class (e.g., a lawn chair frame or a curtain rod) for
grasping the structure-to-be-secured* (e.g., the lawn chair
webbing or the curtain) therebetween.
subclasses 572+ for detached gripping members not gripping
the structure-to-be-secured* therebetween when interlocking.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
16, Miscellaneous Hardware, subclasses 4+ for similar
mechanisms for grasping carpets.
160, Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclass 391 and 392+ for similar mechanisms for fastening
fabric to an elongated element.
Subclass:
460
Channel and inserted bar:
This subclass is indented under subclass 459. Detached
gripping members including one gripping member having a
generally C-shaped cross section and the other gripping
member being a rodlike element which fits into the opening of
the C-shaped gripping member when grasping the
structure-to-be-secured* therebetween.
(1) Note. A channel or bar of any suitable length is
considered appropriate for this subclass.
Subclass:
461
Having operator or locking means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 460. Detached
gripping members having either (a) an operator* for moving
one of the gripping members into contact with the
structure-to-be-secured*, or (b) locking means* not directly
engaging the structure-to-be-secured* itself but retaining
the opposed gripping members in contact therewith.
(1) Note. The operator* must not directly contact the
structure-to-be-secured* to be proper for this subclass.
Subclass:
462
Resilient channel or bar:
This subclass is indented under subclass 460. Detached
gripping members wherein at least one of the gripping members
is either (a) constructed to be resilient*, or (b) made from
a resilient* material to aid in the mating or interlocking of
the gripping members.
(1) Note. A gripping member merely formed from a resilient*
material but wherein the resiliency does not aid in the
mating or interlocking operation is not considered proper for
this subclass.
Subclass:
463
Having gripping member actuated by fluid force:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* having a gripping member moved into or out
of engagement with the structure-to-be-secured* by a fluid
force or fluid driven operator*.
Subclass:
464
Having inserted and receiving interlocking members connected
by bendable, nonbiasing strap:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp* having
(a) a projecting portion of one gripping member (e.g.,
button, hook) inserted within a cavity portion of the opposed
gripping member (e.g., open loop, aperture, or slot member)
which receives both it and the structure-to-be-secured* in
such a manner as to subsequently restrict their relative
movement in the direction in which force is transmitted
thereto by the structure-to-be-secured* and (b) a flexible
nongripping, elongated material through which the gripping
members are solely attached and which is capable of bending
at several points along its length without any essential
resilient biasing of either gripping member (i.e., the
elongated material, when formed from a resilient* substance,
could theoretically be replaced by a flaccid* material and
the clasp* would still function properly).
(1) Note. The mere intermeshing or mating of opposed
gripping members is not considered to be interlocking unless
the intermeshing or mating portions tightly interfit or are
otherwise held together to restrict the separation of the
gripping members.
(2) Note. Patents in which both interlocking members include
a cavity (e.g., open loop, aperture, or slot) which at least
partially encompasses a portion of the opposed member's
structure are placed in this and the indented subclasses
according to the following rule: The cavity or receiving
member is always the member whose opening encompasses the
larger portion of the mating structure's surface at the
interlocking connection (i.e., area of mutual contact). The
only exception to this rule is when a hook (i.e., a
projection having its end bent back towards its connection to
the structure-to-be-secured*) is maneuvered through a closed
encircling member, in this situation, the fully encircling
member is always considered the cavity or receiving member.
(3) Note. The flexible, nonbiased material need not be
fixedly attached to either of the gripping members but may
allow for the sliding of either gripping member relative to
the material.
(4) Note. See subclass 487 definition and notes for the
distinction between an elongated strap and a hinge.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
298 for plural fasteners having an intermediate flaccid
connector.
487 for gripping members connected by integral, thin,
nonbiasing or discrete flaccid, connecting hinge.
subclasses 530+ for interlocking, gripping members
connected by a resiliently biased flexible (e.g., plastic)
strap which is essential to the proper functioning of the
clasp*.
Subclass:
465
Discrete flaccid strap:
This subclass is indented under subclass 464. Flexible,
nonbiased, elongated material made from a separate, flaccid*
material.
(1) Note. A multilink chain which acts in a flaccid* manner
is considered to be flaccid* even if its individual links are
rigid*.
(2) Note. While the flaccid* material must be separate from
both the inserted and the receiving members it may wrap
around either and form part or all of the member's engaging
surface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
487 for gripping members connected by a discrete, flaccid*
connecting hinge.
530 for interlocking, gripping members connected by a
flexible, biased, elongated material (e.g., elastic) whose
biasing force is essential to the proper function of the
clasp*.
Subclass:
466
With distinct means for preventing separation of members:
This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Clasps* in
which the gripping members are provided with means remote
from their projecting and cavity portions which both prevents
the gripping members from uncoupling and does not contact the
structure-to-be-secured*.
(1) Note. The remote means may additionally cause the
gripping members to move into or out of contact with the
structure-to-be-secured*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 469+ for means which prevent separation of the
gripping members and contact the structure-to-be-secured*.
Subclass:
467
Slidably mounted:
This subclass is indented under subclass 466. Uncoupling
prevention means which is slidably guided and moves relative
to the structure-to-be-secured* engaging surface of its
gripping member while sliding along a linear or curvilinear
path.
Subclass:
468
With separate flaccid flap or pocket for protecting
structure-to-be-secured:
This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Clasp provided
with an attached separate (i.e., nonintegral) piece or
envelope of flaccid* material which is located between one of
the gripping members and the structure-to-be-secured* to
prevent injury to the structure-to-be-secured* by this
gripping member when the members are coupled together.
(1) Note. The envelope may be an attached separate pocket of
protective material in which a gripping member is inserted in
a readily removable manner without requiring disassembly of
the device before the gripping members are coupled together.
(2) Note. The separate flap or envelope does not conform to
the specific shape of either gripping member's interlocking
portions when in the uncoupled position (i.e., it is not a
form fitted cavity or projection member covering).
Subclass:
469
With separate, cavity-blocking gate on receiving member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Cavity gripping
member provided with a nonunitary, relatively movable,
structure-to-be-secured* engaging portion which blocks the
withdrawal path of the projection gripping member (a)
preventing its uncoupling from the cavity gripping member,
and (b) aiding in the gripping of the
structure-to-be-secured*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 466+ for means which prevent the separation of
the gripping members but does not contact the
structure-to-be-secured*.
Subclass:
470
Resilient inserted or receiving member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Projection or
cavity gripping member which is either (a) made from a
resilient* material, or (b) shaped in such a manner that it
is resiliently biased, to facilitate the coupling of gripping
members and the structure-to-be-secured*.
Subclass:
471
Inserted or receiving member substantially covered or coated
for protection or to promote gripping:
This subclass is indented under subclass 470. Resilient*
projection or cavity gripping member completely covered or
coated on all significant engaging surfaces with a separate,
uniformly thick material which will (a) prevent either
gripping member from damaging the structure-to-be-secured*
during use, or (b) enhance the gripping of the
structure-to-be-secured*.
(1) Note. While the covering or coating may conform to the
shape of either the cavity or the projection gripping member
engaging surface it is not intended to form any of the
interlocking protrusions, etc., per se, and its primary
purpose must be the protection or gripping of the
structure-to-be-secured*.
(2) Note. The portion of the inserted or receiving member
used for attaching it to the flaccid* connecting strap or
other clasp* portion is the only portion considered to be
insignificant.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
468 for a mechanism with a protecting flap or pocket
separate from the flaccid* connecting strap and between the
gripping members and the structure-to-be-secured*.
subclasses 473+ for resilient* projections having a
nonmetallical engaging faces which help form its interlocking
protrusions, etc., per se.
Subclass:
472
Resilient inserted member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 470. Projection
gripping member made from a resilient* material or shaped
such that it is resilient*.
(1) Note. The receiving member may also be resilient* but
need not be so.
Subclass:
473
Having engaging face formed from nonmetallic material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Projection
gripping member having an engaging surface made, at least in
part, from a nonmetallic material (e.g., rubber, wood) which
is either resilient* itself or biased by a resilient* portion
of the projection gripping member.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
471 for a projection gripping member covered or coated by a
separate, uniformly thick material which conforms to the
shape of the projection gripping member engaging surface.
Subclass:
474
Having head and neck type engaging face:
This subclass is indented under subclass 73. Nonmetallic
engaging surface consisting of a body with an enlarged
engaging head formed on or attached to a relatively narrower
engaging stem (e.g., mushroom shaped).
(1) Note. The engaging head may be enlarged in only one
transverse direction with respect to the stem.
Subclass:
475
Having internal supporting or reinforcing element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 474. Projection
gripping member having a supporting or strengthening element
located inside the nonmetallic head or stem.
Subclass:
476
Circular head or neck:
This subclass is indented under subclass 475. Projection
gripping member wherein either the enlarged engaging head or
stem has a circular cross section in the direction transverse
to the longitudinal axis of the head or stem.
Subclass:
477
Having wedge shaped, inserted and receiving members:
This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Clasp* having
tapered projection and complimentary shaped cavity gripping
members which, because of their tapered shape, grasp the
structure-to-be-secured* therebetween with increasing force
as they are moved towards each other.
Subclass:
478
With specific means for attaching to flaccid strap or
supporting strap:
This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Clasp* wherein
either (a) one of the gripping members is provided with
specific means for attaching it to the flaccid* material
connecting the gripping members together, or (b) a part of
the clasp* is provided with specific means for attaching the
clasp* to a support strap (e.g., garter strap).
(1) Note. Details of the means for attaching must be
positively claimed for proper document placement herein as an
original classification.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
265 for strap-end-attaching devices not claiming the clasp*,
per se.
Subclass:
479
On the inserted member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 478. Specific
attaching means on the projection gripping member for
attaching it to the flaccid* or the supporting strap.
(1) Note. Details of the strap-end- attaching portion of the
inserted member must be claimed for placement herein as an
original.
(2) Note. There may also be attaching means claimed
connecting (a) the cavity member to the flaccid* strap, or
(b) the clasp* to a support strap.
Subclass:
480
Having necked button sliding along length of closed, variable
width loop:
This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Clasp* having
(a) a projection gripping member consisting of an enlarged
engaging head formed on or attached to a relatively narrower,
rigid*, engaging stem (e.g., mushroom shaped) and (b) a
cavity gripping member consisting of an encircling band or
strip forming a variable width opening (e.g., keyhole
shaped), whereby the engaging stem of the projection gripping
member is moved from a wider portion of the cavity gripping
member opening to a narrower portion to securely grasp the
structure-to-be-secured* therebetween and prevent separation
of the opposed projection and cavity gripping members.
(1) Note. The cavity gripping may be attached to the
flaccid* strap or a supporting strap in such a manner as to
form the closed loop when viewed as a whole.
Subclass:
481
Having flaccid gripping member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* having at least a portion of one gripping
member formed from flaccid* material.
(1) Note. A multilink chain which acts in a flaccid* manner
in all directions is considered to be flaccid* even if its
individual links are rigid.
(2) Note. This subclass is not intended to include rigid* or
semirigid* engaging members covered by a flaccid* piece of
material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 115+ for a cord or rope engaging fastener which
is a component of a clasp* and holds one portion of a cord or
rope relative to another portion of a cord or rope where the
cord or rope has another principal function (i.e., it is the
structure-to-be-secured* since it has principle utility
outside this class).
703 for a permanently deformed clasp* for holding ends of a
flaccid* bandlike material together (e.g., a garter clasp*).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
269, Work Holders, particularly subclass 131 for a work
holder using a flaccid, constrictable loop to grip an object
which is being worked upon.
Subclass:
482
Formed from elastic material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 481. Flaccid*
gripping member formed from a material having a natural
springiness which both allows it to significantly elongate in
at least one direction when a tensional force is applied to
it in that direction and fully return to its original length
(i.e., it suffers no permanent deformation) after this force
is removed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
267, Spring Devices, subclass 153 for a rubber band, per
se.
Subclass:
483
Encircling gripping member including semirigid band and
operator for tightening:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp* or
support-clamp* wherein the gripping member is completely
wrapped around the structure-to-be-secured* or a portion
thereof and includes both a semirigid* strap which at least
partially encircles the structure-to-be-secured* and an
operator* for moving this strap into engagement with the
structure-to-be-secured*.
(1) Note. The semirigid* strap may be a chain which is not
flaccid* in all direction.
(2) Note. The operator* must not directly contact the
structure-to-be-secured* to be proper for this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 19+ and the line notes thereunder, for similar
art devices for bundling bales, packages, or clamping hoses
or the like.
subclasses 68+ for strap tightener fasteners, per se.
subclasses 115+ for a cord or rope engaging fastener which
is a component of a clasp* and holds one portion of a cord or
rope relative to another portion of a cord or rope where the
cord or rope has another principal function (i.e., it is the
structure-to-be-secured* since it has principal utility
outside this class).
463 for an encircling, semirigid* band tightened by a fluid
force.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
269, Work Holders, particularly subclasses 130+ for a work
holder using a constrictable loop to grip an object which is
being worked upon.
Subclass:
484
Encircling gripping member including semirigid band and means
for adjusting girth:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp* or
support-clamp* wherein the gripping member is completely
wrapped around the structure-to-be-secured* or a portion
thereof and includes a semirigid* strap which at least
partially encircles the structure-to-be-secured* and is
provided with means permitting its length to be increased or
decreased to engage different sizes or amount of
structure-to-be-secured*.
(1) Note. The semirigid* strap may be a chain which is not
flaccid in all directions.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 16+ and the line notes thereunder, for similar
art devices for bundling bales, packages, or clamping hoses
or the like.
subclasses 68+ and 483, for strap tighteners, per se, which
also have an adjustable girth.
subclasses 115+ for a cord or rope engaging fastener which
is a component of a clasp* and holds one portion of a cord or
rope relative to another portion of a cord or rope where the
cord or rope has another principal function (i.e., it is the
structure-to-be-secured* since it has principle utility
outside this class).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
269, Work Holders, particular subclasses 130+ for a work
holder using a constrictable loop to grip an object which is
being worked upon.
Subclass:
485
With specifically shaped, nongripping, rigid structure for
connecting independently operable clasps, clips, or
support-clamps:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* provided with a rigid* specifically shaped,
nongripping body (e.g., a yoke) or region for connecting
together two or more clasp*, clips*, or support-clamps* which
are each capable of functioning separately from one another
and which are not formed as a one piece body.
(1) Note. The rigid* connecting structure may be either
integral with or separate from the clasps*, clips*, or
support-clamps* but must be for connecting one independently
operable clasp*, clip*, and support-clamp* to another and not
merely connecting opposing gripping members of either or both
clasp*, clip*, and support-clamps* together. If the rigid*
connecting structure is integral with either or both clasps*,
clip*, or support-clamp*, the entire assemblage must be
multipart in nature (i.e., both clasps*, clips*, or
support-clamps* and the rigid* structure must not be formed
together of a single piece of material).
(2) Note. A rodlike, straight connecting body or region with
a constant cross section throughout its length is not
considered specifically shaped.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
298 for plural fasteners having intermediate flaccid*
connector.
305 for combined, diverse multipart fasteners.
subclasses 457+ for clasps*, clips*, or support- clamps*
connected to a mounting means for attachment to a
rigid-supporting structure or structure-to-be-secured*.
530 for plural, resilient* opposing gripping members
connected by integral or separate rigid structure.
531 for integrally combined, independently operable,
diverse, resilient* clasps*, clips*, or support-clamps*.
subclasses 545+ for plural, one piece, resilient fasteners
connected by an integral connecting structure.
900.1 for shirt collar holders.
Subclass:
486
Gripping member face integral with or rigidly affixed to
screw-driving portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* wherein an engaging surface of a gripping
member is either formed from or rigidly affixed to the end
portion of a screw-threaded propelling device.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
502 514, 525, 535, and 569, for a screw type operator*
propelling a separate relatively movable gripping member
face.
Subclass:
487
Having either discrete flaccid or thin, nonbiasing, integral,
connecting hinge:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* having two opposed gripping members
connected by either (1) a separate flaccid* connector, or (2)
a unitary, relatively thin, nonbiasing, connecting portion
which has both (a) its length no longer than its width (i.e.,
not elongated) and (b) a bending segment about which one of
the gripping members moves in a pivoting manner (i.e.,
similar to a conventional pivot pin arrangement).
(1) Note. The connector's or connecting portion's length is
considered to be the distance it extends between the opposed
gripping members while its width is transverse to its length
and larger than the similarly transverse thickness.
(2) Note. Because of the short length of the connector or
connector portion, it only bends at a single location along
its length.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 464+ for gripping members connected by a
bendable, nonbiasing elongated connecting strap.
subclasses 489+ for pivoted gripping members, per se.
Subclass:
488
Having equally spaced or continual gripping faces revolving
about central axis:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* having evenly spread or relatively smooth
and uninterrupted, engaging surfaces with the extremities
thereof equidistant from a region about which the surfaces
can completely rotate (i.e., at least 360 deg.) to aid in
grasping structure-to-be-secured* or support structure.
(1) Note. This subclass includes rollers or balls which
revolve about a translating central axis to engage the
structure-to-be-secured*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 489+ for a pivoted gripping member which swings
about a constantly contacted region.
Subclass:
489
Including pivoted gripping member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* including a gripping member connected to
another separate cooperating gripping member in a manner
allowing it to both (a) swing in an arcuate path about a
constantly contacted region located on either the other
member or intermediate structure linking it to the other
member, and (b) have relative movement between the contacting
members or member and link at the region.
(1) Note. A distinct pivoted gripping member which swings
about a nonfixed point within a fixed region of and maintains
constant contact with the other member or linking structure
is included herein.
(2) Note. The constantly contacted region may never be a
spring for biasing the gripping members but may be a coat
hanger rod if just claimed as a generic type pivot rod
without any further details of the hanger.
(3) Note. Gripping members which pivot only for the purpose
of adjustment prior to movement between a gripping and a
nongripping position are not considered proper for this
subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
454 for a single rigid* gripping member pivotally mounted to
the fastener and wrapping the structure-to-be-secured*
therearound when pivoted.
subclasses 465+ for gripping members connected by a flaccid
strap* or hinge.
488 for a clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* having equally
spaced or continued gripping faces revolving about a central
axis.
subclasses 530+ for gripping members formed from or mounted
on a resilient* member without maintaining separate constant
contact between the pivoted gripping member and either the
other member or linking structure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
223, Apparel Apparatus, subclasses 85+ for clamps combined
with a specifically claimed apparel hanger.
Subclass:
490
Pivoted member also slides:
This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Swinging
gripping member which additionally moves in a sliding manner
along the contact region of the opposed gripping member.
(1) Note. The pivoted gripping member may slide either
transversely to or along the constantly contacted region.
(2) Note. A slidable engaging face (e.g., button) mounted on
a pivoted nonsliding gripping member is not considered proper
for this and the indented subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
492 for a pivoted gripping member which either supports or
coacts with a sliding engaging face.
Subclass:
491
Tapered face:
This subclass is indented under subclass 490. Gripping member
which has nonparallel engaging surfaces which cooperate with
the engaging surfaces of the other gripping member and wedge
the structure-to-be-secured* therebetween.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
522 for track or way guided sliding gripping members which
do not pivot.
Subclass:
492
Pivoting gripping member either supports or coacts with
sliding engaging face:
This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Swinging
gripping member which either (a) carries a separate, sliding,
structure-to-be-secured* engaging surface for cooperation
with an opposed gripping member, or (b) coacts with an
opposed gripping member which has a separate sliding,
structure-to-be-secured* engaging surface carried thereon.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 490+ for a pivoted member which also slides
along its pivot contact region.
subclasses 503+ and 515+, for a pivoted gripping member
having a sliding cam operator*.
505 and 517, for a pivoted gripping member having sliding,
locking means*.
Subclass:
493
Having three or more pivotally connected gripping members:
This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* wherein at least two swinging gripping
members cooperate with a third gripping member to grasp the
structure-to-be-secured* therebetween.
Subclass:
494
Having toggle operator for moving:
This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* wherein the swinging gripping member is
shifted between positions by an operator* including two
rigid* arms, the first arm being pivotally attached at
opposite ends to both the second arm and to the separate,
swinging gripping member while the second arm is additionally
pivotally attached to the other gripping member or to
structure linking it thereto, the operator* transmitting a
force of varying intensity to the separate, swinging gripping
member as pressure is applied by moving the common connection
of the two arms in a direction transverse to the longitudinal
axis of either of the arms.
(1) Note. The operator* must not directly contact the
structure-to-be-secured* to be proper for this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
493 for similar structure in which one of the arms contacts
the structure-to-be-secured*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
269, Work Holders, particularly subclass 228 for toggle type
means actuating a movable jaw for holding an object which is
being worked upon.
Subclass:
495
Having rigid linking arm pivotally connected to each gripping
member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Clasp*, clip*
or support-clamp* having the swinging gripping member
connected to the other gripping member by a rigid* linking
element which has two spaced, nonaxially aligned, constantly
contacted rotational regions, one for each gripping member.
(1) Note. While the mechanism herein may function in a
togglelike manner it is not a toggle operator* since the
swinging gripping member acts as one of the togglelike arms.
(2) Note. The rigid* linking arm never positively engages
(i.e., exerts a holding force thereon) the
structure-to-be-secured* in a gripping manner although they
may touch one another.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
493 for similar mechanisms in which the link positively
engages the structure-to-be-secured*.
494 for a pivoted engaging member moved by a separate toggle
operator*.
Subclass:
496
With extended lever portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 495. Linking element
having a portion thereof which (a) extends beyond one of the
element's rotational connections, and (b) transmits a force
exerted thereon to manipulate the swinging gripping member
into interlocking connection with the other gripping member.
Subclass:
497
Having lever end modified for attachment to support:
This subclass is indented under subclass 496. Linking element
having the end of its extending portion provided with
structural modification for connecting it to supporting
structure (e.g., a garter strap).
Subclass:
498
Pivoted gripping member applies camming force:
This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp wherein the periphery of the engaging
surface of the swinging gripping member coacts against the
engaging surface of an opposed gripping member and applies
continuous and progressively increasing pressure against the
structure-to-be-secured* as the swinging gripping member is
swung towards its final position.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
519 for a U-shaped body having a pivoted projecting member
on one leg which pushes the structure-to-be-secured* through
a cavity in the other leg.
Subclass:
499
Spring or resiliently biased about pivot:
This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Swinging
gripping member which is swung about its connection and held
into or out of contact with the structure-to-be-secured* by
the biasing force stored in either (a) a separate spring, or
(b) an integral, resilient* portion of either gripping member
which does not engage the structure-to-be-secured*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
512 and the subsequent subclasses under 489 for similar
clasp*, clips*, or support-clamps* for which there is no
resilient* biasing spring or portion claimed.
518 for pivoted gripping members with springs or resilient*
portions which only restrain the members to prevent relative
movement but do not bias the pivoted member about its axis
region (e.g., hinge locks).
Subclass:
500
Distinct spring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 499. Swinging
gripping member wherein the biasing force on the swinging
gripping member is applied by a spring separate from both
gripping members.
Subclass:
501
Attaching solely by spring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Swinging
gripping member which (a) is attached to the outer gripping
member only through the separate spring, and (b) maintains a
separate different, contact region about which it swings but
is not attached.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 530+ for a gripping member mounted on a
resilient* or spring member without maintaining a separate,
different, contact region.
Subclass:
502
With operator for moving pivoted member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Swinging
gripping member provided with an operator* to cause the
swinging motion between the gripping members.
(1) Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclasses
the operator* must not directly contact the
structure-to-be-secured*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
463 for a gripping member moved directly by fluid force.
494 for a pivoted gripping member moved by a separate toggle
operator*.
subclasses 495+ for a pivoted gripping member pivotally
connected to the other gripping member by a rigid* linking
arm in a togglelike manner.
Subclass:
503
Camming or wedging element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 502. Operator*
including either a rigid* or semirigid*, rotatable camming or
shiftable wedging element having a contact surface which
slides against, for causing the movement of, a cooperating
contact surface on or attached to either the swinging
gripping member or the other opposed gripping member when a
rotating or shifting force is applied to the camming or
wedging element and wherein the relative orientation or
contour of one of the contacting surfaces causes the movement
of the contacted surface of one of the gripping members to be
in a direction other than (i.e., not identical to) that of
the shifting or rotating movement of the element.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
269, Work Holders, particularly subclasses 229+ for cam,
eccentric, or wedge-type means actuating a movable jaw for
holding an object which is being worked upon.
Subclass:
504
Pivoted or rotated element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 503. Camming or
wedging element which is pivoted or rotated relative to the
swinging gripping member or the opposed gripping member to
cause the swinging gripping member to move.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
498 for a rotatably mounted cam gripping member.
502 for a rotating screw-type operator*.
Subclass:
505
With position locking-means for gripping members:
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* provided with locking-means* which (a)
prevents the separation of the swinging gripping member from
the opposed gripping member while holding the relative
position therebetween and (b) never directly contacts and
grasps the struc-ture-to-be-secured* (i.e., is not itself a
gripping surface).
Subclass:
506
Including pivoted arm:
This subclass is indented under subclass 505. Locking-means*
including an arm connected to either one of the gripping
members or some intermediate linking structure in a manner
allowing it to swing with relative movement at its connection
about a constantly contacted region.
Subclass:
507
Having specific surface material or irregularity on or along
engaging face:
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* wherein one of the gripping members
includes either a specific, different substance or uneven
surface formation forming the structure-to-be-secured*
engaging surface of the gripping member.
(1) Note. Either a specific substance different in
composition from that of its gripping member or details of
the facial contour must be positively claimed for proper
document classification placement herein as an original.
(2) Note. The facial contour may be either integral with, or
on structure distinct from and attached to, the gripping
member.
(3) Note. An engaging surface existing solely in a single
plane and formed along a curved, looped, or bent, gripping
member is not considered to be irregular since it is not
uneven in the gripping direction.
Subclass:
508
Having specific handle structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* having a specific portion or element
directly engaged by a living being for applying or removing
the clasp*, clip or support-clamp* to or from a
structure-to-be-secured* or for transporting it.
(1) Note. Details of the handle structure must be positively
claimed for proper document classification herein as an
original.
Subclass:
509
Coil spring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Spring wound or
molded in the form of at least two complete similarly shaped
loops successively coiled around a common central axis.
(1) Note. The loops need not be circular in shape but the
ends of the coil must at least subtend an arc at 720 deg. or
greater.
Subclass:
510
Having coil portion coaxial or parallel with pivotal axis:
This subclass is indented under subclass 509. Spring having
either its looped portion wound about the constantly
contacted region of the gripping members or its central axis
collateral with that about which the gripping member swings.
Subclass:
511
Flat or leaf spring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Spring
consisting of a thin, semirigid*, resilient* strip or plate
which is bendable about a line parallel to the largest planar
surface thereof when applying its biasing force.
(1) Note. The spring or plate may be curved in shape, e.g.,
tubelike.
Subclass:
512
Closed by gravity or weight of structure- to-be-secured:
This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Swinging
gripping member moved into a final gripping position by
either (a) the force of gravity alone thereon or upon
structure linked therewith, or (b) the weight of the
structure-to-be-secured*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
454 for a pivoted, gripping member which wraps the
structure-to-be-secured* about a portion of the clasp* when
pivoted.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
211, Supports: Racks, subclasses 50+ and 60.1+ for card,
sheet, or slender article type gravity actuated, supported
holders.
Subclass:
513
With operator means for moving pivoted member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Swinging
gripping member provided with an operator* to cause the
swinging motion between the gripping members.
(1) Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclasses,
the operator* must not directly contact the
structure-to-be-secured*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
463 for a gripping member moved directly by fluid force.
494 for a pivoted gripping member moved by separate toggle
operator*.
Subclass:
514
Threaded cylindrical rod and mating cavity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 513. Operator*
including a helically threaded, cylindrical rod for
cooperating with a relatively rotatable helically threaded,
cylindrical cavity which moves relative to and along the
longitudinal axis of the rod.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
269, Work Holders, particularly subclasses 240+ for
screw-nut type means actuating a movable jaw for holding an
object which is being worked upon.
Subclass:
515
Camming or wedging element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 513. Operator*
including either a rigid* or semirigid*, camming, or
shiftable wedging element having a contact surface which
slides against, for causing the movement of, a cooperating
contact surface on or attached to either the swinging
gripping member or the other opposed gripping member when a
rotating or shifting force is applied to the camming or
wedging element and wherein the relative orientation or
contour of one of the contacting surfaces causes the movement
of the contacted surface of one of the gripping members to be
in a direction other than (i.e., not identical to) that of
the shifting or rotating movement of the element.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
269, Work Holders, particularly subclasses 229+ for cam,
eccentric, or wedge-type means actuating a movable jaw for
holding an object which is being worked upon.
Subclass:
516
Pivoted or rotated element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 515. Camming or
Wedging element which is pivoted or rotated relative to the
swinging gripping member or the opposed gripping member
causing the swinging gripping member to move.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
498 for a rotatably mounted cam gripping member.
514 for a rotating screw-type operator*.
Subclass:
517
With position locking-means for gripping members:
This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* provided with locking-means* which (a)
prevents the separation of the swinging gripping member from
the opposed gripping member while holding the relative
position therebetween and (b) never directly contacts and
grasps the structure-to-be-secured* (i.e., is not itself a
gripping surface).
Subclass:
518
Integral locking-means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 517. Locking-means*
having all portions thereof formed on and unitary with (i.e.,
not separately movable or rigidly attached to) the opposed
gripping members.
Subclass:
519
Having inserted and receiving interlocking engaging faces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* having a projecting engaging surface
portion on one gripping member (e.g., button, hook) inserted
within a cavity engaging surface portion on the opposed
gripping member (e.g., open loop, slot member) which receives
both it and the structure-to-be-secured* in such a manner as
to subsequently restrict their relative movement in the
direction force is transmitted thereto by the
structure-to-be-secured*.
(1) Note. The mere intermeshing or mating of opposed
gripping members is not considered to be interlocking unless
the intermeshing or mating portions tightly interfit or are
otherwise held together to restrict the separation of
gripping members.
Subclass:
520
Resilient gripping member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 519. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* having at least one gripping member (a)
made from a resilient* material, or (b) shaped in such a
manner that it is resiliently biased, to facilitate their
coupling.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 499+ for interlocking gripping members
resiliently biased about their pivotal connection and into or
out of contact with the structure-to-be-secured*.
Subclass:
521
Having specific surface material or irregularity on or along
engaging face:
This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* wherein one of the gripping members
includes either a specific, different substance or uneven
surface formation forming the structure-to-be-secured*
engaging surface of the gripping member.
(1) Note. Either a specific substance different in
composition from that of its gripping member or details of
the facial contour must be positively claimed for proper
document classification herein as an original.
(2) Note. The facial contour may be either integral with, or
on structure distinct from and attached to, the gripping
member.
(3) Note. An engaging surface existing solely in a single
plane formed along a curved, looped, or bent gripping member,
is not considered to be irregular since it is not uneven in
the gripping direction.
Subclass:
522
Including track or way guided and retained gripping member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* including two separate, opposed gripping
members permanently retained by and linked to each other or
an intermediate structure by two distinct, rigid* or
semirigid* formations which (1) are each integral with or
attached to a different one of the members, and (2) have
mutually cooperating surfaces both (a) in sliding or rolling
contact with each other, and (b) restricting the movement of
one of the gripping members relative to the other gripping
member to a substantially single, primary direction along a
linear or curvilinear path when moving between a gripping and
nongripping position.
(1) Note. Gripping members which slide only for the purpose
of adjustment prior to movement between a gripping and a
nongripping position are not considered proper for this
subclass.
(2) Note. The gripping members are never intended to be
connected to each other by an operator* (e.g., threaded rod
or piston/cylinder) alone.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 459+ for dissociable track or wedge guided
gripping members.
463 for gripping member actuated by fluid force.
subclasses 464+ for interlocking, sliding gripping members
connected by a bendable strap.
486 and 569, for gripping members connected to each other by
a threaded bar.
subclasses 489+ for a pivotally guided gripping member.
subclasses 568+ for gripping members connected by
operators*.
Subclass:
523
Biased by distinct spring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 522. Gripping
members having a spring separate from either gripping member
which applies a biasing force thereon causing the relative
movement therebetween and into or out of contact with the
structure-to-be-secured*.
Subclass:
524
With operator for moving guided member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 522. Gripping
members provided with an operator* to cause the motion
between the gripping members.
(1) Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclass
the operator* must not directly contact the
structure-to-be-secured*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
463 for a gripping member moved directly by fluid force.
Subclass:
525
Threaded cylindrical rod and mating cavity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 524. Operator*
including a helically threaded, cylindrical rod for
cooperating with a relatively rotatable threaded, cylindrical
cavity which moves relative to and along the longitudinal
axis of the rod.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
269, Work Holders, particularly subclasses 240+ for
screw-nut type means actuating a movable jaw for holding an
object which is being worked upon.
Subclass:
526
Track or way oblique to path of gripping member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 522. Rigid* or
semirigid* formations having cooperating surfaces which are
at an acute or obtuse angle to the linear or curvilinear path
of the moving gripping member for causing firmer engagement
of the structure-to-be-secured* by the gripping members.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
488 for a guided roller or ball which rolls along an
inclined surface to grasp a structure-to-be-secured*.
524 for an operator* having a separate camming or wedging
element for moving a gripping member along a linear or
curvilinear path.
Subclass:
527
With position locking-means for gripping members:
This subclass is indented under subclass 522. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* provided with locking-means* which (a)
prevents the separation and holds the relative position of
the gripping members, and (b) never directly contacts and
grasps the structure-to-be-secured* (i.e., is not itself a
gripping surface).
Subclass:
528
Integral locking-means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 527. Locking means*
having all portions thereof formed on and unitary with (i.e.,
not separately movable or rigidly attached to) the opposed
gripping members.
Subclass:
529
With specific mounting means for attaching to flaccid
supporting structure or structure-to-be-secured:
This subclass is indented under subclass 522. Clasp*, Clip*,
or support-clamp* provided with specific means for attaching
it to a flaccid* (a) supporting structure or (b)
structure-to-be-secured*.
(1) Note. The actual mounting means, per se, must be
positively claimed for the combination to be considered
proper for this subclass. The mere claiming of a clasp*,
clip*, or support-clamp* which is "adapted" for mounting is
considered insufficient for placement herein. The clasp*,
clip*, or support-clamp*, after being mounted to the
supporting structure or the structure-to-be-secured* is then
capable of gripping a structure-to-be-secured* or supporting
structure, respectively.
(2) Note. This subclass does not include peculiar mounting
formations which either (1) (a) require the supporting
structure to first pass through the passageway formed by
opposed structure-to-be-secured* engaging surfaces, and (b)
are extensions of this passageway simply located further
there along or (2) are intended to be capable of alternately
being utilized to grip the structure-to-be-secured* (e.g.,
not plural clasping sections).
(3) Note. See Lines With Other Classes in the class
definition of this class for the line between Classes 24 and
248. Also, see the search note to Class 24 in the class
definition of Class 248.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 298+ for plural fasteners having an intermediate
flaccid* connector.
subclasses 305+ for the combination of two or more diverse
multipart fasteners of this class.
subclasses 457+ for a clasp*, clip*, or support- clamp*
provided with mounting means for attaching to a rigid* or
semirigid* supporting structure or structure-to-be-secured*.
subclasses 478+ 489, 497, and 532+, for other types of
clasps*, clips or support-clamps* provided with mounting
means for attaching to a flaccid* supporting structure or
structure-to-be-secured*.
Subclass:
530
Having gripping member formed from, biased by, or mounted on,
resilient member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* having a gripping member which either (a)
is formed from a single piece of resilient* material having
opposed engaging surfaces thereon which are moved into or out
of engagement with the structure-to-be-secured* and relative
to each other by the resiliency of the material, (b) is
formed from a single piece of resilient* material with an
engaging surface which coacts against and is attached to a
separate gripping member having an opposed engaging surface
which is moved into or out of engagement with the
structure-to-be-secured* and relative to the first engaging
surface by the resiliency of the material, or (c) is provided
with an engaging surface and resiliently urged (i.e., biased)
against or attached to a separate, relatively movable
gripping member and its opposed engaging surface by a
separate element made of resilient* material applying a force
moving the opposed engaging surfaces into or out of gripping
engagement with the structure-to-be-secured*.
(1) Note. While a broad disclosure of resiliency is
sufficient for placement hereunder, a gripping member not
clearly disclosed as being formed from, or mounted on, a
resilient* member (e.g., such disclosure absent from a
specification with no movement shown of an engaging surface
relative to an opposed engaging surface during operation) has
been placed as an original elsewhere under subclass 455
(e.g., 570+, if formed of a single piece of material) and
discretionally cross-referenced to this subclass or its
indented subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
462 470+, 482, 499+, and 523, for other types of resiliently
formed or biased gripping members.
485 for independently operable resilient* clasp*, clips*, or
support-clamps* connected by specifically shaped,
nongripping, rigid* structure.
900.1 for resilient* shirt collar holders.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
269, Work Holders, particularly subclass 254 for bias type
means actuating a movable jaw for holding an object which is
being worked upon.
Subclass:
531
Integrally combined, independently operable, diverse clasps,
clips, or support-clamps:
This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* combined, through a common body portion,
with another separately functioning, differently shaped or
constructed clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp*.
(1) Note. Both fasteners must be clasps*, clips* or support
clamps* and must be claimed for proper placement herein. The
combination of a clasp*, clip* or support-clamp* with a
different type of fastener (e.g., a hook or loop) would be
classified according to which fastener occurs first in the
Class 24 schedule.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 305+ for the combination of two or more diverse
multipart fasteners of this class.
subclasses 457+ for a clasp*, clip*, or support- clamp*
connected to a mounting means for attachment to a rigid*
supporting structure or structure-to-be-secured*.
485 for independently operable clasps*, clips* or
support-clamps* connected by a rigid* nongripping
specifically shaped portion (e.g., a yoke).
subclasses 532+ for clasps*, clips*, or support- clamps*
having specific mounting means for attaching to flaccid*
supporting structure or structure-to-be-secured*.
Subclass:
532
With specific means for mounting to flaccid supporting
structure or structure-to-be-secured:
This subclass is indented under subclass 550. Clasp*, clip*
or support-clamp* provided with specific means for attaching
it to a flaccid* (a) supporting structure, or (b)
structure-to-be-secured*.
(1) Note. Details of the actual mounting means, per se, must
be positively claimed for the combination to be considered
proper for this subclass. The mere claiming of a clasp*,
clip*, or support-clamp* which is "adapted" for mounting is
considered insufficient for placement herein. The clasp*,
clip*, or support-clamp*, after being mounted to the
supporting structure or the structure-to-be-secured* is then
capable of gripping a structure-to-be-secured* or supporting
structure, respectively.
(2) Note. This subclass does not include peculiar mounting
formations which either (1) (a) require the supporting
structure to first pass through the passageway formed by
opposed structure-to-be-secured* engaging surfaces and (b)
are extensions of this passageway simply located further
therealong or (2) are intended to be capable of alternately
being utilized to grip the structure-to-be-secured* (e.g.,
not plural clasping sections).
(3) Note. See Lines With Other Classes in the class
definition of this class for the line between Classes 24 and
248. Also see the search note to Class 24 in the class
definition of Class 248.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 298+ for plural fasteners having an intermediate
flaccid* connector.
subclasses 305+ for the combination of two or more diverse
multipart fasteners of this class.
subclasses 457+ for a clasp*, clip*, or support- clamp*
provided with mounting means for attaching to a rigid* or
semirigid* supporting structure or structure-to-be-secured*.
subclasses 478+ 489, 497, and 529, for other types of
clasps*, clips* or support-clamps* provided with mounting
means for attaching to a flaccid* supporting structure or
structure-to-be-secured*.
531 for integrally combined, independently operable, diverse
clasps*, clips*, or support-clamps*.
Subclass:
533
Mounting means made entirely from integral wire portion of
resilient gripping member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 532. Attaching means
completely constructed from a slender semirigid* or rigid*
filament which is unitary with (i.e., not separately movable
or rigidly attached to) a resilient* portion of the gripping
member.
Subclass:
534
Wire coiled about flaccid supporting structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 533. Filament having
a portion thereof wound in the form of at least two complete,
similarly shaped loops successively coiled around a common
central axis coincident with the longitudinal axis of the
flaccid* supporting structure.
(1) Note. The loops need not be circular in shape but the
ends of coil must at least subtend an arc of 720 deg. or
greater.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 549+ for one piece uniform cross section
resilient* clasps*, clips*, or support-clamps* having coiled
portions.
567 for multipart or nonsingle piece opposed engaging faces
biased by a resilient* coiled wire.
Subclass:
535
With operator for moving biased engaging face:
This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* provided with an operator* to cause the
motion of the opposed engaging surface against the biasing
force exerted by the resilient* material.
(1) Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclasses
the operator* must not directly contact the
structure-to-be-secured*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
463 for a gripping member moved directly by fluid force.
Subclass:
536
Camming or wedging element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 535. Operator*
including either a rigid* or semirigid*, rotatable camming or
shiftable wedging element having a contact surface which
slides against, for causing the movement of, a cooperating
contact surface on or attached to at least on gripping member
or portion thereof when a rotating or shifting force is
applied to the camming or wedging element and wherein the
relative orientation or contour of one of the contacting
surfaces causes the movement of the contacted surface of one
of the gripping members or portions to be in a direction
other than (i.e., not identical to) that of the shifting or
rotating movement of the element.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
269, Work Holders, particularly subclasses 229+ for cam,
eccentric, or wedge type means actuating a movable jaw for
holding an object which is being worked upon.
Subclass:
537
Encircling sleeve type element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 536. Camming or
wedging element comprising a ringlike body looped completely
around the gripping member and either (a) the opposed
gripping member, or (b) the opposed portion of the same
gripping member, and traveling along the length of the
contacted surfaces to cause the movement thereof.
Subclass:
538
Pivoted or rotated element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 536. Camming or
wedging element which is pivoted or rotated relative to at
least one gripping member or a portion thereof to cause its
contacted surface to move.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
498 for a rotatably mounted cam gripping member.
535 for similar devices employing a rotating screw-type
operator*.
Subclass:
539
Element pivots or rotates in plane parallel to plane
bisecting opposed engaging faces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 538. Pivoted or
rotated element which pivots or rotates through a plane
substantially parallel and adjacent to a mathematical plane
which (a) bisects the space between opposed,
structure-to-be-secured* engaging surfaces, and (b) is
radially perpendicular to the mathematical line about which
the element swings.
Subclass:
540
Elongated element with pivot between cam and handle
portions:
This subclass is indented under subclass 538. Pivoted or
rotated element having (a) a generally slender shape and one
end portion intended to be engaged by a living being for
pivoting or rotating the element and the other end portion
serving as the contact surface, and (b) the attachment region
about which the element swings, being positioned between the
end portions of the slender element.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
565 and 577+ for gripping members formed from, or mounted
on, resilient* members and having specific handle structure
for the manipulation or transportation of the clasp*, clip*
or support-clamp*.
Subclass:
541
For moving engaging face of U-shaped gripping member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 540. Pivoted or
rotated element for moving the engaging surface (i.e., the
leg) of a separate, generally U-shaped, resilient* gripping
member into or out of contact with the
structure-to-be-secured*.
Subclass:
542
With position locking-means for engaging faces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp provided with locking-means* which both (a)
prevents the separation and holds the relative position of
the opposed engaging surfaces, and (b) never directly
contacts and grasps the structure-to-be-secured* (i.e., is
not itself an engaging surface).
Subclass:
543
Integral locking-means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 542. Locking-means*
having all portions thereof formed on and unitary with (i.e.,
not separately movable or rigidly attached to) at least one
gripping member or portion thereof.
Subclass:
544
Pivoted lock member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 542. Locking-means*
including an element connected to at least one gripping
member or portion thereof in a manner allowing it to swing
with relative movement at its connection about a constantly
contacted region.
Subclass:
545
Opposed engaging faces on gripping member formed from single
piece of resilient material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Resilient*
gripping member formed from a one piece body with opposing
portions thereof forming the engaging surfaces of the
gripping member.
(1) Note. The resilient* gripping member may be part of a
multipart fastener, provided the gripping member itself is a
single piece body.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
543 for integral position locking-means to prevent movement
of an opposed engaging face of a single piece body.
Subclass:
546
Piece totally forms clasp, clip or support-clamp and has
shaped, wirelike or bandlike configuration with uniform cross
section throughout its length:
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* completely constructed from the resilient*
body which has (a) a strandlike or thin, striplike form and
(b) a constant, uninterrupted, transverse cross section from
one end to the other end of the form.
(1) Note. To have continuous or uninterrupted transverse
cross section there must not be any cut outs of holes in the
resilient* member although a minor (i.e., very small or
unclaimed) amount of corner rounding on rectangular or
similar cross-sections is permissible. Surface indentations
or cuts which interrupt the cross-section are not considered
proper hereunder. A bandlike configuration may be wider than
it is long.
(2) Note. While the resilient* gripping member must be
formed from a single piece it may have decorative buttons or
the like attached thereto provided they do not affect the
operation of the clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 545+ for a single resilient* gripping member of
varying cross sections, having cut outs or holes, having an
endless ringlike body, or having structure which aids in the
grasping of the structure-to-be-secured* or the actuation of
the gripping member.
subclasses 570+ for a single rigid* gripping member which
grasps a deformable structure-to-be-secured*.
Subclass:
547
Opposed faces located in and bias towards common plane in
nonuse position:
This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Resilient* body
are positioned, when not engaging the
structure-to-be-secured*, such that they are in a single
plane (i.e., coplanar) and are resiliently biased in a
direction transversely of and toward that plane.
(1) Note. Portions of the gripping member which do not
contact the structure-to-be-secured* need not be in the same
plane as the engaging surfaces.
(2) Note. Engaging faces which intersect or overlap each
other in their nonuse position are not usually considered to
be in the same plane.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
548 551+, and 552+, for a gripping member having portions
which intersect in a nonplanar manner.
549 for a gripping member having portions which overlap in a
coillike manner.
Subclass:
548
Resilient gripping member having tightly twisted portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Resilient* body
having two portions thereof which are closely, securely, and
successively wrapped about one another by each portion
subtending an arc of 720 deg. or greater.
(1) Note. Both portions of the gripping member must
cooperate in the wrapping or twisting to be proper herein. A
portion which is just wrapped about a passive (e.g.,
straight) portion is considered to be coiled and not twisted.
A coiled portion which is merely threaded through another
coiled portion is not considered to be twisted since it is
not securely wrapped thereabout.
Subclass:
549
Resilient gripping member having coiled portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Resilient* body
having a portion thereof wound or molded in the form of at
least two complete, similarly shaped loops successively
coiled around a common central axis.
(1) Note. The loops need not be circular in shape but the
ends of the coil must at least subtend an arc of 720 deg. or
greater.
(2) Note. See (1) Note of subclass 548 for the distinction
between coils and twists.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
534 for a clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* having specific
mounting means coiled about the longitudinal axis of a
flaccid* supporting structure or structure-to-be-secured*.
567 for multipart or nonsingle piece opposed engaging faces
biased by a resilient* coiled wire.
Subclass:
550
Convolutions of coil form faces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 549. Loops forming
the opposed engaging surfaces of the gripping member.
Subclass:
551
Relatively movable segments of resilient gripping member
contact and cross in nonuse position:
This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Resilient* body
wherein segments thereof are positioned, when not gripping
the structure-to-be-secured*, such that they touch and
completely intersect each other at least one location and are
resiliently biased toward each other.
(1) Note. To completely intersect, one portion must pass
entirely over both edges of the opposed portion of the body
(i.e., not overlap).
Subclass:
552
Segments form opposed engaging faces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 551. Resilient* body
in which the intersecting and touching segments also form the
surfaces for engaging the structure-to-be-secured*.
Subclass:
553
Having specific handle structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 552. Resilient* body
having a specific portion or element directly engaged by a
living being for either applying or removing it to or from a
structure-to-be-secured* or for transporting it.
(1) Note. Details of the handle structure must be positively
claimed for proper document classification herein as an
original.
Subclass:
554
Having specific handle structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 551. Resilient* body
having a specific portion or element directly engaged by a
living being for either applying to removing it to or from a
structure-to-be-secured* or for transporting it.
(1) Note. Details of the handle structure must be positively
claimed for proper document classification herein as an
original.
Subclass:
555
Terminal end of resilient member having engagement or
disengagement enhancing structural modifications:
This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Resilient* body
having an end thereof bent or curved away from the nearest
engaging surface and into a specific shape to allow easier
engagement or disengagement of this surface with the
structure-to-be-secured*.
(1) Note. The curvature of the ends usually prevents their
snagging the structure-to-be-secured* during movement
relative thereto.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
543 for integral locking-means* formed on the ends of the
gripping member.
556 for a resilient* body having an engaging surface with a
specific configuration or modification or for a resilient*
body having its ends curved towards the
structure-to-be-secured to aid in the gripping thereof.
Subclass:
556
Having specific surface irregularity on or along engaging
face:
This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Resilient* body
wherein a specific, uneven surface formation forms one of the
structure-to-be-secured* engaging surfaces.
(1) Note. Details of the facial contour must be positively
claimed for proper document classification herein as an
original.
(2) Note. An engaging surface existing solely in a single
plane and formed along a curved, looped, or bent gripping
member is not considered to be irregular since it is not
uneven in the gripping direction.
(3) Note. A slip resistant coating, sleeve, or cover placed
on, or attached to, the engaging portion of the gripping
member would not be considered proper for placement hereunder
since the gripping member, taken as a whole, would not
consist of a single piece of material.
Subclass:
557
Having specific handle structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* having a specific portion or element
directly engaged by a living being for either applying or
removing the clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* to or from a
structure-to-be-secured* or for transporting it.
(1) Note. Details of the handle structure must be positively
claimed for proper document classification herein as an
original.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 540+ for a pivoted or rotated, camming or
wedging operator* element with a handle portion on the
opposite side of the pivot from the camming or wedging
portion.
Subclass:
558
Movably attached to gripping member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 557. Living being
engaged portion or element which both moves relative to, and
is not integrally or rigidly attached to, the gripping
member.
Subclass:
559
Interlocking faces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Engaging
surfaces having a projecting portion of one engaging surface
(e.g., button, hook) inserted within a cavity portion of the
opposed gripping surface (e.g., open loop, slot member) which
receives both it and the structure-to-be-secured* in such a
manner as to subsequently restrict their relative movement in
the direction force is transmitted thereto by the
structure-to-be-secured*.
(1) Note. The mere intermeshing or mating of opposed
engaging surfaces is not considered to be interlocking unless
the intermeshing or mating portions tightly interfit or are
otherwise held together to restrict the separation of the
engaging surfaces.
Subclass:
560
With reinforcing member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Resilient*
gripping member having a separate strengthening element which
gives added strength or resiliency to the gripping member.
Subclass:
561
Having surface irregularity on or along engaging face:
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Resilient*
gripping member wherein a specific, uneven surface formation
forms one of the structure-to-be-secured* engaging surfaces.
(1) Note. Details of the specific facial contour must be
positively claimed for proper document classification herein
as an original.
(2) Note. An engaging surface existing solely in a single
plane and formed along a curved, looped, or bent gripping
member, is not considered to be irregular since it is not
uneven in the gripping direction.
(3) Note. A slip resistant coating, sleeve, or cover placed
on, or attached to, the engaging portion of the gripping
member would not be considered proper for placement hereunder
since the resilient* member, taken as a whole, would not
consist of a single piece of material.
Subclass:
562
Corrugated or toothed face:
This subclass is indented under subclass 561. Engaging
surface having at least two (a) engaging recesses distinct
from any initial taper of the engaging surface, or (b)
engaging projections or pointed teeth.
(1) Note. The initial taper of the engaging surface is
commonly used for smoother, easier, or guiding initial
contact with the structure-to-be-secured* as it enters the
resilient* gripping member. It is not considered a recess but
may form one side of a projection or tooth.
Subclass:
563
Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* cut or shaped from a single
sheet of resilient, uniformly thick, planar material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* cut or shaped completely from a one-piece,
unitary body made from a planar material of nonvarying
thickness.
(1) Note. Molded bodies are not considered proper for
placement herein.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 546+ for clasps*, clips*, or support- clamps*
formed from a single, continuous cross section, resilient*
member which forms the opposing faces of the gripping
member.
Subclass:
564
Having specific surface material or irregularity on or along
engaging face:
This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* wherein one of the gripping members
includes either a specific, different substance or uneven
surface formation forming the structure-to-be-secured*
engaging surface of the gripping member.
(1) Note. Either specific substance different in composition
from that of its gripping member or details of the specific
facial contour must be positively claimed for proper document
classification herein as an original.
(2) Note. The facial contour may be either integral with or
distinct from the gripping member.
(3) Note. An engaging surface existing solely in a single
plane and formed along a curved, looped, or bent gripping
member, is not considered to be irregular since it is not
uneven in the gripping direction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
485 for independently operable resilient* clasps*, clips*,
or support-clamps* connected by specifically shaped
nongripping, rigid* structure.
900.1 for resilient* shirt collar holders.
Subclass:
565
Having specific handle structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* having a specific portion or element
directly engaged by a living being either for applying or
removing the clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* to or from a
structure-to-be-secured* or for transporting it.
(1) Note. Details of the handle structure must be positively
claimed for proper document classification herein as an
original.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 540+ for a pivoted or rotated, camming or
wedging operator* element with a handle portion on the
opposite side of the pivot from the camming or wedging
portion.
Subclass:
566
Including resilient biasing wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Resilient*
material consisting of an elongated filament bent, shaped, or
held in such a manner as to apply the force for moving the
opposed engaging surface into or out of gripping engagement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 546+ for a clasp*, clip*, or support- clamp*
formed solely from a resilient* biasing wire which forms the
opposed engaging surfaces of the gripping member.
Subclass:
567
Coiled wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 566. Elongated
filament wound or molded in the form of at least two
complete, similarly shaped loops successively coiled around a
common central axis.
(1) Note. The loops need not be circular in shape but the
ends of the coil must at least subtend an arc of 720 deg. or
greater.
(2) Note. See (1) Note of subclass 548 for the distinction
between coils and twists.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
534 for a coiled wire mounting means for attaching the
clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* to flaccid* supporting
structure or structure-to-be-secured*.
subclasses 549+ for one-piece uniform cross section
resilient* clasps*, clips*, or support-clamps* having coiled
portions.
Subclass:
568
Having gripping member shifted by operator:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* having a gripping member provided with an
engaging surface which cooperates with an opposed engaging
surface on a separate gripping member and which is moved into
or out of a gripping engagement by an operator*.
(1) Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclass
the operator* must not directly contact the
structure-to-be-secured*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
456 481, 483, 502+, 513+, 524+, and 535+, for operators* used
with specific types of clasps*, clips*, or support-clamps*.
486 for a gripping member having its engaging surface
integral with a screw-driving portion.
Subclass:
569
Threaded cylindrical rod and mating cavity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 568. Operator*
including a helically threaded, cylindrical rod for
cooperating with a relatively rotatable helically threaded,
cylindrical cavity which moves relative to and along the
longitudinal axis of the rod.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
269, Work Holders, particularly subclasses 240+ for
screw-nut type means actuating a movable jaw for holding an
object which is being worked upon.
Subclass:
570
Formed from single rigid piece of material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* consisting of a single gripping member
formed or shaped from a rigid* material having opposed,
relatively stationary, engaging surfaces between which either
(a) flaccid* or semirigid* material forming the
structure-to-be-secured* or a support therefor is forceably
wedged, or (b) material of the structure-to-be-secured* or
support therefor is relatively turned, to cause the grasping
force thereon by the engaging surfaces.
(1) Note. See (1) Note of subclass 530 for the line between
that subclass and this one when it is not disclosed whether a
gripping member is formed from a resilient* or rigid*
material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 545+ for a single, resilient* gripping member
which moves when applied to a structure-to-be-secured*.
Subclass:
571
Having specific surface irregularity on or along engaging
face:
This subclass is indented under subclass 570. Gripping member
wherein a specific, uneven surface formation forms one of the
structure-to-be-secured* engaging surfaces.
(1) Note. Details of the facial contour must be positively
claimed for proper document classification herein as an
original.
(2) Note. An engaging surface existing solely in a single
plane and formed along a curved, looped, or bent gripping
member is not considered to be irregular since it is not
uneven in the gripping direction.
(3) Note. A slip resistant coating, sleeve, or cover placed
on, or attached to, the engaging portion of the gripping
member would not be considered proper for placement hereunder
since the gripping member, taken as a whole, would not
consist of a single piece of material.
Subclass:
572
SEPARABLE-FASTENER OR REQUIRED COMPONENT THEREOF:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter comprising a separable-fastener* or a required
component of a separable-fastener* (i.e., one of the
interlocking members).
(1) Note. Securing means having a component which penetrates
or forms a passageway through the structure-to-be-secured*
and then contacts and interlocks with a dissociable
cooperating member are not considered proper for this and the
indented subclasses and are found generally below in subclass
706 and its indented subclasses. In addition, securing means
which penetrate through the structure-to-be-secured* to form
and interlock with an aperture in the
struc-ture-to-be-secured* are also not found in this and the
indented subclasses and are located in subclasses 706+ and
442.
(2) Note. See the class definition for patent placement
procedure.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 68+ for a device for effectively varying either
(1) the girth of encircling structure having a principal
utility not associated with this class (e.g., cuff or collar
tightener) or (2) the length of a strap to which the device
is mounted, and having relatively movable components which
are intended to either (a) transmit a repositioning force to
a portion of the encircling structure or strap when the
components move relative to each other, or (b) allow the
repositioning of a portion of the encircling structure or
strap relative to another portion thereof to which it is
linked thereto by the device without the components of the
device ever completely separating from each other during this
repositioning operation.
subclasses 115+ for a separable-fastener* component located
on the end of a cord or rope which utilizes characteristics
of the cord or rope in the fastening operation (e.g., its
ability to bend; its continuous shape) and for cord or rope
structure which is a component of a separable-fastener*
wherein the cord or rope has disclosed utility other than use
in a separable-fastener* (i.e., it is a
structure-to-be-secured* since it has principle utility
outside this class).
subclasses 163+ for a fastener member which interlocks with
flaccid* opposed member passing therethrough.
265 for devices utilized to attach an unclaimed
separable-fastener* to the end of a strap.
704 for two-part interlocking fasteners requiring tool or
destructive disengagements.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
16, Miscellaneous Hardware, subclasses 4+ for device (e.g.,
separable-fastener*) peculiar to, or having a sole disclosure
for use in, securing a carpet to the floor of a building.
200, Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers, subclass 61.58
for seat belt buckles with an electric switch.
292, Closure Fasteners, for device (e.g.,
separable-fastener*) peculiar to or having a sole disclosure
for use in securing distinct covering structure (i.e.,
structure other than that of the device) over an access
opening in a receptacle (e.g., handbag, purse).
Subclass:
573.1
With third, detached member completing interlock:
This subclass is indented under subclass 572.
Separable-fastener* provided with a third, dissociable member
which is not directly attached to the two other mating
interlocking members and which concurrently engages both of
them when they are in their final fastening position to
complete the interlocking connection.
(1) Note. This interlocking member may either be totally
separate from or linked with the structure-to-be-secured*.
(2) Note. A separable-fastener* which includes three
separate members and has at least one member which is capable
of completing a useful interlocking connection between a
section of the structure-to-be-secured* to which it is
mounted and either another section thereof or a support
therefor by selectively interlocking with either of the
remaining two dissociable members without requiring (a) all
three members to be interengaged to complete interlock or (b)
their connections to be done in a specific sequence with each
other is not considered proper for this and the indented
subclasses and is found below in subclasses 605, 630+, or
697.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
287 for a detachable fastener connecting two freight
containers.
subclasses 289+ for trim molding fasteners.
subclasses 305+ and 379.1, for a separable-fastener* member
having two distinct and diversely shaped interlocking faces
which are each intended to engage a different, separate,
dissociable mating member and independently interlock
therewith (i.e., there separate interlocking operations have
no effect on each other and they can be engaged in any
sequence) to complete a useful connection utilizing all three
of the dissociable members.
453 for a fastener which includes three separate components
and has two of these components both formed from the material
of the structure-to-be-secured* or a support therefor and (b)
aligned with each other when the fastening operation is
completed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
59, Chain, Staple, and Horseshoe Making, subclasses 85+ for
a detachable chain link.
403, Joints and Connections, subclasses 292+, for two rigid*
or semi-rigid* structural members having their ends joined
together by a fastening member inserted into an opening
located in each.
Subclass:
573.2
And linking cavities in adjacent parallel panels:
This subclass is indented under subclass 573.1.
Separable-fastener* wherein the dissociable member (a) enters
a cavity formed in each of two distinct planar structures
composing the structure-to-be-secured* or the support
therefor, (b) connects the planar structures to each other,
and (c) maintains the structures in parallel, noncoplanar
relationship while connected.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
289 for a trim molding fastener.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), subclass 506.01 for
means for attaching a facer to disparate structure.
248, Supports, subclass 27.3 for a biased clip for holding
an instrument in a panel.
403, Joints and Connections, subclass Dig. 11 for a separate
connector, fastener, or retainer for holding two adjacent
panels in nonparallel relationship.
411, Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed, or
Locked-Threaded Fastener, appropriate subclasses for a
fastener having general utility which connects two parallel
panels together.
Subclass:
573.3
Third member includes independently engaged hooks for linking
spaced cavities:
This subclass is indented under subclass 573.1.
Separable-fasteners* wherein the dissociable member includes
two distinct projections which each (a) have one of their
ends connected to common, generally planar bridging structure
and have their opposite end (i.e., tip) free from fixed
connection with any other portion of the dissociable member
and bending generally toward the planar bridging structure or
the other projection and (b) engage one of two spaced
cavities and separately interlock therewith when their member
bridges the space therebetween.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 370+ for plural hooks which are of a diverse
type.
Subclass:
573.4
And movably connected, noninserted gate for closing access
throat of hook:
This subclass is indented under subclass 573.3.
Separable-fastener* wherein the dissociable member includes
barrier means for each projection which is movably connected
to or formed from the bridging structure and which closes or
reduces the unobstructed spaced between the tip of its
projection and the bridging structure when located in one of
its positions to less than the amount of space needed to pass
the projection into or out of its cooperating cavity.
Subclass:
573.5
Third member includes relatively movable, separate
components:
This subclass is indented under subclass 573.1.
Separable-Fastener* wherein the third member includes two
parts connected together which (a) shift relative to each
other during the fastening operation and (b) are structurally
distinct from each other (i.e., not integrally formed or
rigidly affixed to each other).
Subclass:
573.6
For parachute harness:
This subclass is indented under subclass 573.5.
Separable-fastener* which is used to attach together at least
two ends of straps arranged to hold a parachute onto the body
of its user.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
244, Aeronautics, subclass 151 for the combination of a
parachute with a harness or a particular parachute harness
arrangement, per se.
Subclass:
573.7
Third member consists of unitary elongated element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 573.1.
Separable-fastener* wherein the dissociable member consist of
a slender element formed from a single piece of material
having no appendages along it length.
Subclass:
575
Each mating member having similarly shaped, sized, and
operated interlocking face:
This subclass is indented under subclass 572.
Separable-fastener* wherein the interlocking faces of each of
the two dissociable, mating members have (a) approximately
the same structural configuration and size, and (b) require
the same manipulation to maneuver them together into mutual
interlocking contact.
(1) Note. For a separable-fastener* to be proper for this
subclass and the indented subclasses, the interlocking faces
of the mating members must be capable of receiving each other
to the same degree or alternately when maneuvered into
contact. Mating members which have a similar shape, but which
have a variation in sizes so that one member always surrounds
a greater area of the other member are classified in other
subclasses located below.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 391+ for zippers* having two similarly shaped,
sized, and operated, coiled interlocking surfaces.
Subclass:
576
Including elongated face having identical parallel cross
sections throughout its length:
This subclass is indented under subclass 575. Dissociable
mating member wherein the interlocking face (i.e., the
portion actually engaging opposed member during interlock)
includes a single formation or group of contacting aligned
formations which have (a) a significantly longer dimension in
one direction (i.e., the magnitude thereof being much greater
than that of any dimension of a cross-sectional slice taken
perpendicular thereto) and (b) identically shaped, uniformly
sized, cross-sectional configurations positioned along and
perpendicular to the length of this dimension.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
399 for a zipper* having two interlocking surfaces which
each have a continuous cross section along their full
length.
Subclass:
577
Including elongated face having varying, parallel cross
sections throughout its length:
This subclass is indented under subclass 575. Dissociable
mating member wherein the interlocking face (i.e., the
portion actually engaging opposed member during interlock)
includes a single formation or group of formations which has
(a) a significantly longer dimension in one direction (i.e.,
the magnitude thereof being much greater than that of any
dimension of a cross-sectional slice taken perpendicular
thereto) and (b) differently shaped or sized cross-sectional
configurations positioned along and perpendicular to the
length of this dimension.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
401 for a zipper* having an interlocking surface formed from
a single member with varying cross section.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
403, Joints and Connections, subclass 364 for interfitted
rigid* or semirigid* panels (i.e., structure-to-be-secured*)
having interdigitated interlocking structure forming a
joint.
Subclass:
578
Including complementary shaped and alternately useable
interlocking faces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 575. Dissociable
mating member wherein each mating member includes two
distinct interlocking faces having configurations which are
structural counterparts of one another and which are each
only capable of being alternately used with the opposed
mating member to engage and interlock with their counterpart
configuration thereon.
(1) Note. A mating member having two distinct complementary
interlocking faces alternately usable before its mounting to
a supporting surface, but which is intended to utilize only
one of these faces after its mounting is proper for this
subclass.
Subclass:
579.1
Single piece hook-shaped member (e.g., mating garment hooks:
This subclass is indented under subclass 575. Dissociable
mating member formed from a single piece of material and
having a main, generally planar, shank section connected at
one end to a mounting section of this member or directly to
the structure-to-be-secured*, and at the other end, to an
integral of rigidly attached appendage section which
appendage section (a) has its opposite end free from fixed
connection with any other section of this member, and (b)
bends generally towards either the connection of the shank
section with the mounting section of this member, the shank
section, or the structure-to-be-secured*.
Subclass:
580
Including member having distinct formations and mating member
selectively interlocking therewith:
This subclass is indented under subclass 572.
Separable-fastener* including a dissociable mating member
with an interlocking face having a plurality of spaced,
distinct structural formations and another opposed mating
member with an interlocking face selectively interlockable
with any of these formations to complete the securing
operation.
(1) Note. An opposed member having an interlocking face
which engages more than one of the structural formation on
the interlocking face of the first member during a particular
securing operation is only proper for this and the indented
subclasses when the number of formations engaged in the
securing operation can be less than the total number of
formations available.
(2) Note. When both interlocking members have plural
formations, then the one considered the formations member is
always the one with the large number of formations. If both
members have an equal number of formations and comply with
the restrictions of (1) Note, then they are placed within
this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
2 for album fasteners having means allowing adjustment of
their girth (e.g., selectively mating separable-fasteners*).
16 for bale and package ties or hose clamps having means
allowing adjustment of their girth (e.g., selectively mating
separable-fas-teners*).
subclasses 68+ for a device for effectively varying either
(1) the girth encircling structure having a principal utility
not associated with this class (e.g., cuff or collar
tightener) or (2) the length of a strap to which the device
is mounted, and having relatively movable components which
are intended to either (a) transmit a repositioning force to
a portion of the encircling structure or strap when the
components move relative to each other, or (b) allow the
repositioning of a portion of the encircling structure or
strap relative to another portion thereof to which it is
linked thereto by the device without the components of the
device ever completely separating from each other during this
repositioning operation.
subclasses 163+ for belt buckles.
Subclass:
581
Formations positioned along wall forming
mating-member-guiding cavity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Plural
formations member having its spaced, distinct structural
formations located on a surface which at least partially
defines one wall of a cavity utilized by this member to guide
an inserted portion of the mating member towards its final
interlock position with the formations.
(1) Note. A cavity which is proper for this and the indented
subclass may or may not fully encircle the segment of the
pathway along which the selectively interlocking member
travels during its initial insertion. However, if it only
partially encircles this location, then it must clearly limit
the movement of the inserted member in at least two
directions which are perpendicular to the direction of its
travel and in opposite directions to one another at this
location.
Subclass:
582
Formations member having movably attached or biased
interlocking structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 581. Plural
formations member having at least one opposed-member-guiding
or contacting component which is (a) utilized to enhance the
interlocking connecting between the mating members, and (b)
attached in a manner allowing, or includes a portion
resilient* enough to allow, the movement of this component
relative to the remainder of its member during the
interlocking operation.
(1) Note. The component of this subclass may be either a
part of one of the formations, one of the formations, or a
totally separate element from the formations.
Subclass:
583
Formations member having movably attached or biased
interlocking structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Plural
formations member having at least one opposed-member-guiding
or engaging component which is (a) utilized to enhance the
interlocking connection between the mating members, and (b)
attached in a manner allowing, or includes a portion
resilient* enough to allow, the movement of this component
relative to the remainder of its member during the
interlocking operation.
(1) Note. The component of this subclass may be either a
part of one of the formations, one of the formations, or a
totally separate element from the formations.
Subclass:
584
Selectively interlocking member having movably attached or
biased interlocking component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Selective
interlocking member having at least one component for guiding
or engaging the plural formations on the opposed member which
(a) enhances its interlocking engagement with one of the
formations, and (b) is attached in a manner allowing, or
includes a portion resilient* enough to allow, the movement
of this component relative to the remainder of its member
during the interlocking operation.
Subclass:
585
And cavity for guiding movement of formations:
This subclass is indented under subclass 584. Selective
interlocking member having a cavity utilized to guide an
inserted portion of the plural formations member during the
interlocking operation and limit its travel by this
guidance.
(1) Note. A cavity which is proper for this subclass may or
may not fully encircle the segment of the pathway along which
the formations member travels during its initial insertion.
However, if it only partially encircles this location, then
it must clearly limit the movement of the inserted member in
at least two directions which are perpendicular to the
direction of its travel and in opposite directions to one
another at this location.
Subclass:
586
Having mounting means allowing repositioning of member for
facilitating interlock:
This subclass is indented under subclass 580.
Separable-fastener* wherein at least one of the mating
members is mounted to structure-to-be-secured* or a support
therefor by means which allows this member to be repositioned
during the securing operation to facilitate the interlocking
of the faces of the two mating members.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 683+ for other separable-fasteners* mounted by
means allowing at least one of their members to move its
total interlocking face bodily to facilitate interlocking.
Subclass:
587
Including member having elongated, resilient, interlocking
face with identical, parallel cross sections throughout its
length:
This subclass is indented under subclass 572.
Separable-fastener* wherein one of the dissociable mating
members includes a single resilient* interlocking face (i.e.,
the portion actually engaging the opposed member during
interlock) or a group of contacting, aligned, resilient*
interlocking faces having (a) a significantly longer
dimension in one direction (i.e., the magnitude thereof being
much greater than that of any dimension of a cross-sectional
slice taken perpendicular thereto) and (b) identically
shaped, uniformly sized, cross-sectional configurations
positioned along and perpendicular to the length of this
dimension.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
400 for a zipper* having an interlocking surface with a
continuous cross-section along its full length.
Subclass:
588
Including receiving member having cavity and mating member
having insertable projection guided to interlock thereby:
This subclass is indented under subclass 572.
Separable-fastener* including one dissociable mating member
having a cavity portion on its interlocking face and another
mating member having a projecting portion on its interlocking
face insertable through the access opening (i.e., the portion
of the cavity defining the segment of the pathway along which
the projection travels during its initial insertion) of the
cavity which receives and guides the projection towards the
final position it maintains when the interlocking faces of
the two mating members are secured together.
(1) Note. Patents in which both interlocking members include
a cavity at least partially encompassing a portion of the
opposed member's structure during their association with each
other are placed in this and the indented subclasses
according to the following rule: the receiving is always the
member having the largest cavity which encompasses a portion
of the mating structure's surface at the interlocking
connection (i.e., area or mutual contact). The only
exceptions to this rule are when either a (1) hook, (2)
member having a closable access opening, or (3) member having
a cavity with a partially encircled access opening have a
portion of their structure maneuvered through a smaller
cavity located on the opposed member and having a fully
encircled access opening which is not intended to be fully
positioned between side walls of the first member's cavity in
its final interlocked position. In these situations the
member having the cavity with the largest fully encircled
access opening is always considered the receiving member.
(2) Note. A cavity which is proper for this and the indented
subclasses may or may not have a fully encircled access
opening. However, if it only partially encircles the initial
segment of the projection's pathway, it must clearly limit
the movement of the inserted projection in at least two
directions which are perpendicular to the direction of
projection travel and in opposite directions to one another
at this segment in the pathway.
(3) Note. The cavity referred to in this and the indented
subclasses is always the largest structural formation of the
receiving member which fulfills all the requirements of (1)
and (2) Notes of this subclass, and the projection referred
to is always the largest projecting portion inserted within
this cavity and located on the opposed member. Patents should
not be placed in this and the indented subclasses on the
basis of a small "cavity" or the "projection" therefor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 459+ for a clasp* having two, interlocking,
dissociable members which grip the structure-to-be-secured*
therebetween.
subclasses 464+ for a clasp* having inserted and receiving
interlocking members connected by bendable, nonbiasing
strap.
Subclass:
589
Having divergent interlock means distinct from cavity or
projection of its member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 588.
Separable-fastener* wherein either the receiving or
projection member is provided with additional means which (a)
completes the interlock between the receiving and projection
members, (b) is different from either the cavity or
projection on its member in size, shape, and method of
interlock, (c) is located completely outside of the cavity or
is separate from the projection, and (d) respectively engages
with structure or the opposed member distinct from either the
projection or any supporting structure forming a rigidly
affixed or integral extension of the projection or the
internal surface of the structure defining the cavity.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 305+ for a separable-fastener* member having two
distinct and diversely shaped interlocking faces which are
each intended to engage a different, separate, dissociable
mating member and independently interlock therewith (i.e.,
their separate interlocking operations have no effect on each
other and they can be engaged in any sequence) to complete a
useful connection utilizing all of the dissociable members.
605 for plural, similar projections which each engage a
different cavity and have relatively movable components or
surfaces.
subclasses 630+ for separable-fasteners* having two,
distinct cavities, one of which includes a movable component
or surface.
697 for plural distinct projections with no relatively
movable components or surfaces.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
128, Surgery, subclass 563 for corsets and girdles having
stays at their closure's edges and nonflaccid interengaging
fasteners therefor.
Subclass:
590
Projection or cavity rotates about axis of cavity access
opening to interlock:
This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Dissociable
mating members, wherein either the projection or an opposed
member engaging or guiding portion of the projection or the
receiving member is rotated about the central axis of the
cavity's access opening (i.e., the portion of the cavity
defining the opening through which the projection initially
enters) after or during the insertion of the projection into
the cavity to complete the interlock between the members.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
411, Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed, or
Locked-Threaded Fastener, for fasteners which are rotated by
a torque applying tool.
Subclass:
591
Having projection rotatably connected to its member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 590. Projection
member having at least a component of its inserted projection
connected to another component of its member (i.e., either a
stationary component of the projection or noninserted
component) in a manner allowing relative rotation around the
connection therebetween.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
287 for rotatably mounted projections connecting two freight
containers together.
Subclass:
592
And operator therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 591. Projection
member having an operator* for turning the rotatably
connected component about its connection.
(1) Note. A component which both (a) prevents the separation
of the dissociable mating members, and (b) is located on one
of the mating members and directly engages the interlocking
portion of the other mating member is not considered a proper
operator* for this subclass and is placed as a relatively
movable interlocking component.
Subclass:
593
And position locking-means therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 591. Projection
member having locking-means* for retaining the rotatably
connected component at a particular orientation when it is in
interlocking engagement.
(1) Note. A component which (a) prevents the separation of
the dissociable members, and (b) is located on one of the
mating members and directly engages the interlocking portion
of the other mating member is not considered a proper
position locking-means* for this subclass and is placed
elsewhere as an interlocking component.
Subclass:
594
Including notch or hump on projection axially biased by
spring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 593. Locking-means*
including a notch or hump formed on the rotatably connected
component and resilient* biasing means for shifting this
rotatable component along its rotational axis and moving the
notch or hump thereon into engagement with a nonrotating
component of its member.
Subclass:
595
Including radially biased element engaging against relatively
rotating surface at connection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 593. Locking-means*
including an element resiliently biased in a direction
transverse to the central axis of the access opening and
located on one relatively rotating component of the
projection member and engaging and pushing against a contact
surface located on the other relatively rotating component of
the projection member at the connection to prevent any
rotation until the resilient* force of the element is
overcome by the camming action of the contact surface
thereagainst.
Subclass:
596
And spring for axially biasing projection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 591. Projection
member provided with resilient* biasing means attached
thereto for shifting the rotatably connected projection or
component thereof along its rotational axis.
Subclass:
597
Receiving member includes either movable connection between
cavity components or variable configuration cavity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 590. Receiving
member which includes either (a) two distinct, projection
contacting or guiding components, in addition to or forming a
portion or portions of the required guiding cavity, connected
together in a manner allowing them at their connection point
or region to move relative to each other for facilitating
interlock with the projection of the mating member during the
securement operation, or (b) a cavity having a projection
contacting or guiding surface segment which is integral with
or rigidly affixed to the surface forming the remainder of
the cavity and movable relative to this remaining surface to
change the shape of the cavity's periphery for facilitating
interlock with the projection of the mating member during the
securement operation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 606+ for an operator* for causing movement
between projection components or surfaces.
subclasses 633+ for an operator* for causing movement
between components or surfaces of the receiving member.
663 for a receiving member having a resiliently biased
interlocking component which is dissociated from its
projection by relative rotation therebetween.
Subclass:
598.1
Projection passes through cavity then moves toward
noninserted portion of its member to complete interlock
(e.g., snap hook):
This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Projection
member in which the projection first passes completely
through the cavity of the mating member and then relatively
moves toward a directly cooperating noninserted portion
(i.e., a portion which is not inserted into the cavity of the
opposed member) of its member which is connected or linked to
the projection in a manner allowing the movement therebetween
needed to complete the interlocking of the projection and
receiving members.
(1) Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclasses
the cooperating passed-through and noninserted portions of
the projection member must not have any section of the
structure-to-be-secured*, a support therefor, or the cavity
member located between the nearest segments of their
relatively movable cooperating surfaces. Projections of this
type are found in subclasses 604+ below.
Subclass:
598.2
Entire projection member forms loop or ring when
interlocked:
This subclass is indented under subclass 598.1. Projection
member wherein the projection and the directly cooperating
portion of its member which is initially noninserted have
curved shapes and together (a) form substantially the
complete structure of the projection member and (b) in their
interlocking position have a closed annular or oval shaped
outer circumference which is passable through the cavity in
either direction when turned.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
573.1 and 573.5, for a totally detachable loop or ring
linking two spaced cavities.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
59, Chain, Staple, and Horseshoe Making, subclasses 85+ for
a detachable chain link.
152, Resilient Tires and Wheels, subclasses 241+ for
devices for securing a tire chain to a wheel.
Subclass:
598.3
Includes slidable gate closing entrance throat:
This subclass is indented under subclass 598.2. Projection
member wherein the noninserted portion of the projection
member includes barrier means which (a) is movably connected
to the member by two distinct, rigid* or semirigid*
formations integral with or fixedly attached to the member
and barrier means and having mutually cooperating surfaces in
sliding contact with each other for restricting the movement
of the barrier means to a linear or curvilinear path and (b)
closes the unobstructed space needed for the projection to
pass into the cavity when initially interlocking therewith.
Subclass:
598.4
Hook type projection member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 598.1. Projection
member wherein the projection (a) is connected at one end to
a generally planar noninserted shank mounted to the
structure-to-be-secured * or another portion of the
projection member and (b) has its opposite end (i.e., tip)
free from fixed connection with any other portion of the
projection member and bending (e.g., curving) generally
toward either the shank or the connection of the projection
member to the structure-to-be-secured*.
(1) Note. Hooks which are used as tools are excluded from
Class 24 (see Lines With Other Classes of the class
definition) and are found elsewhere (see search notes below)
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 7 for methods and apparatus for
making a hook.
43, Fishing, Trapping, and Vermin Destroying, subclass 43.16
for a fishing hook.
54, Harness, subclass 46.1, 46.2 and 62 for a hook shaped
device used in combination with harness.
114, Ships, subclasses 377+ for a connector (e.g., hook)
adopted to connect a life craft to life craft handling
apparatus.
152, Resilient Tires and Wheels, subclasses 241+ for chain
securing device in combination with, or specially adapted for
use with, an annular tire chain.
182, Fire Escape, Ladder, or Scaffold, subclass 4 for a snap
hook used with window cleaner harness.
223, Apparel Apparatus, subclasses 85+ for a garment hanger
(e.g., coat hanger) provided with a support hook.
248, Supports, subclass 211, 213, 215, 225.21, 227.1, 290.1,
301, 303, 304+, and 339+ for a bracket having either a hook
type article support or a support hook for the bracket.
278, Land Vehicles: Animal Draft Appliances, subclass 51,
111+, and 127+ for a hook shaped device in combination with a
draft appliance.
292, Closure Fasteners, subclasses 95+ for a hooked end
bolt.
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, subclass 82.17
for a hoistline or grab hook having a throat closure (see
(1) Note above)
623, Prosthesis (i.e., Artificial Body Members), Part
Thereof, or Aids and Accessories Therefor, subclasses 57+
for a hook used to replace a hand.
D11, Jewelry, Symbolic Insignia, and Ornaments, subclasses
208+ for a hook and eye type fastener.
Subclass:
598.5
Plural hooks entering opposite sides of same cavity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 598.4. Projection
member having two bent projections (i.e., hooks) which enter
different sides of the same cavity and pass completely
therethrough.
(1) Note. The noninserted portion of the projection member
with which each bent projection cooperates may be the shank
of the other bent projection.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, subclass 82.18
for overlapping, connected hooks which form a loop when
closed.
Subclass:
598.6
Hooks formed solely from wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 598.5. Projection
member in which both bent projections are completely
constructed from a rigid* or semirigid* filament.
Subclass:
598.7
Noninserted portion of projection member includes movably
connected gate for closing access throat:
This subclass is indented under subclass 598.4. Projection
member wherein the noninserted portion of the projection
member includes barrier means movably connected to the shank
which directly closes or reduces (i.e., without the use of
intervening projection structure) the unobstructed space
between the tip of the projection and the shank when located
in one of its positions to less than the amount of space
needed to pass the projection into or out of the cavity.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements subclass 82.17
for a hoistline or grab hook having a device for closing the
entrance throat of the hook.
Subclass:
598.8
Threaded gate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 598.7. Projection
member wherein the barrier means includes, or is rigidly
affixed to, a screw-threaded formation which cooperates with
a similar formation on the shank in a manner allowing the
barrier when rotated to move between its obstructing and
unobstructing positions.
Subclass:
598.9
Revolvably mounted disc shaped gate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 598.7. Projection
member wherein the barrier means includes a thin, flat plate
having a generally circular perimeter and connected to the
shank in a manner allowing it to rotate about its central
axis.
Subclass:
599.1
Pivotally connected gate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 598.7. Projection
member wherein the barrier means is connected to the shank in
a manner allowing it to both (a) swing in an arcuate path
about a constantly contacted connection point or region
located on the shank and (b) maintain movement between the
barrier means and shank at their contact point or region.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, subclass 82.19
for a hoistline or grab hook having a pivoted device for
closing the entrance throat of the hook.
Subclass:
599.2
Gate swings transversely to plane of hook:
This subclass is indented under subclass 599.1. Barrier means
swinging in an arcuate path which is perpendicular to the
plane of the projection.
Subclass:
599.3
Gate also slides relative to pivot:
This subclass is indented under subclass 599.1. Barrier means
additionally having guiding structure which allows the
connection of the barrier to move in a smooth linear manner
relative to the contacted connection point or region about
which it swings.
Subclass:
599.4
Having means biasing gate about pivot:
This subclass is indented under subclass 599.1. Barrier means
which is swung about its connection and held either in or out
of its obstructing positions by a biasing force stored in
either (a) a separate spring or (b) an integral, resilient*
extension of the barrier means which does not itself act as a
barrier.
Subclass:
599.5
And position locking-means for gate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 599.4. Barrier means
also having locking-means* for retaining the barrier means at
a particular location.
(1) Note. A component which (a) prevents the separation of
the dissociable members and (b) is located on one of the
mating members and directly engages the interlocking portion
of the other mating member is not considered a proper
position locking-means* for this subclass and is placed
elsewhere as an interlocking component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, subclass 82.2
and 82.21 for a hoistline or grab hook having a pivoted
device for closing the entrance throat of the hook and a
latch for holding it in its closed position.
Subclass:
599.6
Includes distinct biasing spring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 599.4. Barrier means
wherein a separate spring stores the biasing force.
Subclass:
599.7
Coil type spring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 599.6. Barrier means
wherein the separate spring has a segment bent or molded into
the shape of at least two partial, similar adjacent loops
which curve around a common central axis and store the
biasing force of the spring.
Subclass:
599.8
Coiled about pivotal axis of gate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 599.7. Barrier means
wherein the loops of the separate spring encircle the
connection point or region about which the barrier swings.
Subclass:
599.9
Having position locking-means for gate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 599.1. Barrier means
having locking-mean* for retaining the barrier at a
particular location.
(1) Note. A conponent which (a) prevents the separation of
the dissociable member and (b) is located on one of the
mating member and directly engages the interlocking portion
of the other mating member is not considered a proper
position locking-means* for this subclass and is placed
elsewhere as an interlocking component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, subclass 82.2
and 82.21 for a hoistline or grab hook having a pivoted
device for closing the entrance throat of the hook and a
latch for holding it in its closed positons.
Subclass:
600.1
Locking-means pivotally connected:
This subclass is indented under subclass 599.9. Barrier means
wherein the locking-means* for the barrier is connected to
another portion of the projection member in a manner allowing
it to both (a) swing in an arcuate path about a constantly
contacted connection point or region and (b) maintain
movement between the locking-means* and the other portion of
the projection at their contact point or region.
Subclass:
600.2
Locking-means slidably mounted:
This subclass is indented under subclass 599.9. Barrier means
wherein the locking-means* for the barrier is connected to
another portion of the projection member by two distinct,
rigid* or semirigid* formations which are integral with or
fixedly attached to the locking-means* and other portion of
the projection member respectively and have mutually
cooperating surfaces both (a) in sliding contact with each
other and (b) restricting the movement of the locking-means*
to substantially a primary direction along a linear or
curvilinear path.
Subclass:
600.3
Gate closes when structure-to-be-secured is tensioned:
This subclass is indented under subclass 599.1. Barrier means
which is swung about the barrier means' connection to the
shank and held in its obstructing position by a force applied
to the structure-to-be-secured* at a point remote from the
projection member and transmitted thereto through the portion
of the projecting member mounting the member to the
structure-to-be-secured*.
Subclass:
600.4
Track or way guided gate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 598.7. Projection
member wherein the barrier means is connected to the shank by
two distinct, rigid* or semirigid* formations which are
integral with or fixedly attached to the shank and barrier
means respectively and have mutually cooperating surfaces
both (a) in sliding or rolling contact with each other and
(b) restricting the movement of the barrier means to a
substantially single, primary direction along a linear or
curvilinear path.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, subclass 82.23
for a hoistline or grab hook having a slidable device for
closing the entrance throat of the hook.
Subclass:
600.5
Having means biasing gate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 600.4. Barrier means
which is slid or rolled along its path and held in its
obstructing or nonobstructing position by a biasing force
store in either (a) a separate spring or (b) an integral,
resilient* extension of the barrier means which does not
itself act as a barrier.
Subclass:
600.6
Guide of gate encircles shank:
This subclass is indented under subclass 600.5. Barrier means
wherein the rigid* or semirigid*, movement restricting
formation of the barrier means forms a closed ring around the
shank of the projection member.
Subclass:
600.7
Cavity in shank forms track or way:
This subclass is indented under subclass 600.5. Barrier means
wherein the rigid* or semirigid*, movement restricting
formation of the shank includes a hole therein along which
the movement restricting formation of the barriers means
slides or rolls when the barrier means moves between it
obstructing and nonobstructing positions.
Subclass:
600.8
With position locking-means for gate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 600.7. Barrier means
provided with locking-means* for retaining the barrier means
at a particular location.
(1) Note. A component which (a) prevents the separation of
the dissociable members and (b) is located on one of the
mating members and directly engages the interlocking portion
of the other mating member is not considered a proper
position locking-means* for this subclass and is placed
elsewhere as an interlocking component.
Subclass:
600.9
Resilient, self-biased gate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 598.7. Projection
member wherein the barrier means is integral with or fixedly
attached to the shank and has a surface segment both (a)
movable relative to the shank and (b) biased either into or
out of its obstructing position by its own resiliency.
Subclass:
601.1
With position locking-means for gate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 600.9. Barrier means
provided with locking-means* for retaining the barrier means
at a particular location.
(1) Note. A component which (a) prevents the separation of
the dissociable members and (b) is located on one of the
mating members and directly engages the interlocking portion
of the other mating member is not considered a proper
position locking-means* for this subclass and is placed
elsewhere as an interlocking component.
Subclass:
601.2
Gate and hook formed from plastic:
This subclass is indented under subclass 600.9. Projection
member in which the shank, projection, and barrier means are
all completely constructed from a plastic compound (e.g.,
synthetic resin, polymer).
Subclass:
601.3
Gate and hook formed solely from wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 600.9. Projection
member in which the projection and the barrier means are both
completely constructed from bent, resilient* filament.
Subclass:
601.4
Gate and hook formed from single piece of sheet metal:
This subclass is indented under subclass 600.9. Projection
member in which the shank, projection, and barrier means are
all completely constructed from one thin piece of metal which
has been cut or bent in such a manner that the barrier is
biased by its own resiliency.
Subclass:
601.5
Projection pivotally attached to shank or mounting
structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 598.4. Projection
member wherein the projection is movably connected to either
(1) the generally planar noninserted shank or (2) another
noninserted portion of the projection member mounting the
projection and shank to the structure-to-be-secured* in a
manner allowing the projection to both (a) swing in an
arcuate path about a constantly contacted connection point or
region located on the shank or mounting portion after
insertion into the cavity to interlock therewith and (b)
maintain movement between the projection and shank or
mounting portion at their contact point or region.
Subclass:
601.6
Projection slidably mounted to shank or mounting structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 598.4. Projection
member wherein the projection is movably connected for
allowing interlocking with the cavity after insertion to
either (1) the generally planar noninserted shank or (2)
another noninserted portion of the projection member mounting
the projection shank to the structure-to-be-secured* by two
distinct, rigid* or semirigid* formations which are integral
with or fixedly attached to the projection and shank or the
shank and mounting portion respectively and have mutually
cooperating surfaces both (a) in sliding contact with each
other and (b) restricting the movement of the projection or
projection and shank to substantially a primary direction
along a linear or curvilinear path.
Subclass:
601.7
Projection self-biased towards shank or mounting structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 598.4. Projection
member in which the projection is integral with or rigidly
affixed to the shank and is biased towards either the shank,
structure-to-be-secured*, or projection member connecting
structure by its own resiliency to allow interlocking with
the cavity after its insertion therethrough.
Subclass:
601.8
And formed solely from wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 601.7. Projection
member having the projection and shank both completely
constructed from at least one elongated, bent filament.
Subclass:
601.9
Cooperating with relatively stationary wire gate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 601.8. Projection
member wherein the noninserted portion of the projection
member includes a distinct formation (e.g., gate) constructed
from the filament and nonmovably connected to the shank which
cooperates with the relatively movable biased projection and
acts as a barrier to close or reduce the unobstructed space
between the tip of the projection and the shank when the
projection is located in one of its positions to less than
the amount of space needed to pass the projection into or out
the cavity.
Subclass:
602
Interlocking portion actuated or released responsive to
preselected condition (e.g., heat, pressure):
This subclass is indented under subclass 588.
Separable-fastener* having the interlocking structure of one
of the mating members shifted into or out of interlocking
engagement when a specific, preselected condition (e.g.,
heat, pressure) for which the fastener is designed to be
sensitive beyond a specific level is encountered in the
fastener's working environment.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 606+ for an operator* for causing movement
between projection components or surfaces.
subclasses 633+ for an operator* for causing movement
between components or surfaces of the receiving member.
Subclass:
603
Having electric or fluid powered, actuation or release, of
interlock:
This subclass is indented under subclass 588.
Separable-fastener* having interlocking structure shifted
into or out of interlocking engagement by either (a) direct
electrically generated or fluid force thereon, or (b)
electric or fluid powered means pushing thereagainst during
the association or separation of the receiving and projection
members.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
303 for magnetic fasteners which may utilize electric power
to create their magnetic field.
subclasses 606+ for an operator* for causing movement
between projection components or surfaces.
subclasses 633+ for an operator* for causing movement
between components or surfaces of the receiving member.
Subclass:
604
Projection having movable connection between components
thereof or variable configuration:
This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Projection
member wherein the projection inserted in or through the
cavity includes either (a) two distinct components connected
together in a manner allowing them at their connection point
or region to move relative to each other for facilitating
engagement and interlock with a portion of the receiving
member during the securement operation, or (b) a surface
segment which is integral with or rigidly affixed to the
surface forming the remainder of the projection and moves
relative to this remaining surface at a point spaced
therefrom to vary the shape of the projection for
facilitating engagement and interlock with a portion of the
receiving member during the securement operation.
(1) Note. The portion of the projection member which rigidly
affixes the movable surfaces of the projection to each other
or movably connects the components of the projection with
each other is not required to be inserted in or through the
cavity.
Subclass:
605
With additional, similar projection for engaging different
cavity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 604.
Separable-fastener* provided with an additional projection
having a similar shape and operation to the first projection
for engaging another cavity.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
589 for a separable-fastener* having divergent interlock
means distinct from required cavity or projection of its
member.
subclasses 630+ for a separable-fastener* having both a
cavity with a movable component or surface and an additional
cavity, each of which are intended to engage a different
projection when interlocked.
697 for plural distinct projections with no relatively
movable components or surfaces.
Subclass:
606
And operator therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 604. Projection
member having an operator* for causing the movement between
the two projection components or surface segments during the
securing operation.
(1) Note. A component which both (a) prevents the separation
of the dissociable mating members, and (b) is located on one
of the mating members and directly engages the interlocking
portion of the other mating member is not considered a proper
operator* for this subclass and its indented subclasses and
is placed as a relatively movable interlocking component
elsewhere.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
602 for a separable-fastener* having interlocking structure
actuated or released responsive to preselected condition.
603 for a separable-fastener* having interlocking structure
actuated or released by electric or fluid power.
subclasses 633+ for an operator* for causing movement
between components or surfaces of the receiving member.
Subclass:
607
Including camming or wedging element on projection member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 606. Operator*
including either a rigid* or semirigid* rotatable camming or
shiftable wedging element mounted on the projection member
and having a contact surface which slides against, for
causing the movement of, a cooperating contact surface on or
attached to either the interlock component or a surface
segment thereof when a rotating or shifting force is applied
to the camming or wedging element, and wherein the relative
orientation or contour of one of the contacting surfaces
causes the movement of the interlocking component or surface
segment to be in a direction other than (i.e., not identical
to) that of the shifting or rotating movement of the
element.
Subclass:
608
Pivotally attached element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 607. Operator* in
which the element is pivotally attached to the projection
member.
Subclass:
609
Including pivotal connection between projection components:
This subclass is indented under subclass 604. Projection
having one of its interlocking components connected either to
its other interlocking component or another portion of the
projection member linking it thereto in a manner allowing it
to both (a) swing in an arcuate path about a constantly
contacted connection point or region located on either the
other component or the intermediate linking portion, and (b)
maintain the required relative movement between the surfaces
of the components or the component and linking portion at the
contact point or region.
(1) Note. An interlocking component which swings about a
nonfixed region of and maintains constant contact with the
other component or linking portion is included herein.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 643+ for a receiving member having a pivotal
connection between two of its components which allows
relative movement between two of its interlocking
components.
684 for a pivotal, mounting connection allowing bodily
movement of the projection or cavity towards its interlocking
connection.
Subclass:
610
Component slides relative to connection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 609. Swinging
interlock component which additionally moves in a sliding
manner along the contact region of the other interlock
component or linking portion.
(1) Note. The pivoted engaging member may slide either
transversely to or along the constantly contacted region.
(2) Note. Relatively sliding portions which form part of and
are supported by the swinging component are not considered
proper for this subclass.
Subclass:
611
And spring or resilient extension biasing about pivot:
This subclass is indented under subclass 609. Swinging
interlock component which is swung about its connection and
held either in or out of interlock position with the
interlocking structure of the receiving member by the biasing
force stored in either (a) a separate spring, or (b) an
integral, resilient* extension of this interlock component
which does not itself interlock with the receiving member.
Subclass:
612
Including slidably guided connection between nonself-biasing
projection components:
This subclass is indented under subclass 604. Projection
having one of its interlocking components connected either to
its other interlocking component or another portion of the
projection member linking it thereto by two distinct, rigid
or semirigid* formations which (1) are each integral with or
attached to a different one of the components or this
component and the linking portion and (2) have mutually
cooperating surfaces both (a) in sliding contact with each
other, and (b) restricting the relative movement of this
interlocking component to substantially a single primary
direction between its interlock and noninterlock positions,
and further wherein this interlocking component is not biased
along the primary direction into or out of interlocking
engagement with the interlocking structure of the receiving
member by its own resiliency.
Subclass:
613
And distinct spring biasing component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 612. Projection
having a spring separate from its slidably moving
interlocking component which applies a biasing force to and
causes the movement of this component into or out of
interlock with the receiving member.
Subclass:
614
Including resiliently biased projection component or surface
segment:
This subclass is indented under subclass 604. Projection
having at least one interlocking component or surface segment
both (a) movable relative to the remaining interlocking
structure of the projection and (b) biased either into or out
of its normal interlocking position by its own resiliency or
the resiliency of a noninterlocking component of the
projection member attached thereto or contacting therewith.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 662+ for a cavity member having two, relatively
movable, interlocking components or segments of which at
least one is resiliently biased to allow the movement.
683 for a projection or cavity having an integral resilient*
segment which is utilized to mount, and allow bodily movement
of, the projection or cavity.
Subclass:
615
Requiring manual force applied against bias to interlock or
disengage:
This subclass is indented under subclass 614. Projection
wherein the resiliently biased component or segment is
intended to be moved either into or out of its normal
interlocking position by manual force applied directly to the
biased component or segment in a direction opposite to that
of the biasing force.
(1) Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclasses
it is required that the direction of this manual force for
moving the resiliently biased component or segment be always
applied at an angle to the direction of travel of the
projection member during its final stage of association with
the receiving member.
Subclass:
616
Having connected leading edge and separated trailing arms:
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Projection
having (a) the end of the biased component or segment which
is initially inserted into the cavity either rigidly
connected to or integral with an end of the other projection
component or segment, and (b) the opposite ends of both of
these projection components or segments fully detached and
biased away from each other.
Subclass:
617
Cooperating with cavity having side walls and axially biased
component capping end:
This subclass is indented under subclass 614.
Separable-fastener* wherein the biased component or segment
of the projection interlocks with a cavity member having (1)
an access opening, (2) side walls extending in a direction
generally parallel to the central axis of this opening, and
(3) a projection engaging component having at least a portion
of its surface both (a) biased for movement along a path
following the central axis of the access opening and side
walls of the cavity and (b) preventing movement of the
inserted projection along this axis beyond the location of
the axially bias component in its retracted position.
Subclass:
618
Forming total external surface of projection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 614. Projection
having its outer surface constructed entirely from either a
single piece or a plurality of rigidly attached pieces of
resilient* material biased into or out of normal interlock
position by its or their own resiliency.
Subclass:
619
And encircling hollow central area:
This subclass is indented under subclass 618. Projection
wherein the resilient* material forms a configuration having
a central area (a) encircled by the material, and (b) at
least partially devoid of any other projection member
structure.
(1) Note. A cross section of the projection's encircling
configuration transverse to the insertion path need not fully
enclose the central void area with a continuous surface
formed by the resilient* material, if there are segments of
the resilient* material on all sides of the void.
Subclass:
620
Having separate mounting means inserted into area:
This subclass is indented under subclass 619. Projection
having separate means inserted into its encircled area and
engaging with the resilient* material for mounting the
projection to the structure-to-be-secured* or a support.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
682.1 for means for mounting a projection or cavity portion
of a separable-fastener*.
Subclass:
621
Plastic deformation of means or surface required for
mounting:
This subclass is indented under subclass 620. Mounting means
in which either the portion of mounting means inserted into
the projection or a portion of the projection member engaging
therewith is permanently deformed during the mounting
operation by a destructive force (i.e., a force in excess of
the amount necessary for its plastic deformation to the
material) which completes the connection between the two.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
691 for projection or cavity mounting means which is
inserted into the projection or cavity and deformed.
Subclass:
622
Having separate mounting means encompassing cross section or
projection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 619. Projection
member having separate mounting means encompassing a
cross-sectional area of the configuration of the projection
and engaging with the material thereof to mount the
projection to the structure-to-be-secured* or a support.
(1) Note. The separate mounting means of this subclass need
not fully encompass the cross section of the projection with
a continuous surface if there are segments of the material
located on all sides thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
692 for projection or cavity mounting means which encircles
the projection or cavity and is deformed.
Subclass:
623
Having dome-shaped head and expansion slit along side:
This subclass is indented under subclass 619. Projection with
its configuration having both (a) an arched or spherical
portion which is the first portion of the configuration
inserted into the receiving member during the securement
operation, and (b) a gap along the side of the configuration
for facilitating expansion and contraction thereof.
Subclass:
624
And connected surface at tip of head:
This subclass is indented under subclass 623. Projection
having all sides of the arched or spherical portion
connection at the leading edge of the projection (i.e., the
portion of the projection initially inserted into the
cavity).
Subclass:
625
Having inserted end formed by oppositely biased surface
segments:
This subclass is indented under subclass 618. Projection
having the end thereof, which is initially inserted into the
cavity of the receiving member formed from a plurality of the
resilient* components or surface segments unattached to each
other at this end and biased by their resiliency in opposite
directions.
Subclass:
626
Constructed from wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 618. Projection
formed from an elongated resilient* filament.
Subclass:
627
Having both resiliently biased and rigid components forming
external surface of projection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 614. Projection
having both a resilient* component and a separate rigid*
component together forming the interlocking surface of the
projection.
Subclass:
628
Projection member including noninserted spring for engaging
and pushing against receiving member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Projection
member including a resilient* component which both (a) is
distinct from the projection of its member and not insertable
therewith into the cavity of the receiving member, and (b)
engages and pushes against the receiving member during the
securement operation to enhance the interlock between the
projection and cavity.
Subclass:
629
Receiving member includes either movable connection between
interlocking components or variable configuration cavity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Receiving
member which includes either (a) two distinct projection
engaging or guiding components, in addition to or forming a
portion or portions of the required guiding cavity, connected
together in a manner allowing them at their connection point
or region to move relative to each other for facilitating
interlock with the projection of the mating member during the
securement operation, or (b) a cavity having a projection
engaging or guiding surface segment which is integral with or
rigidly affixed to the surface forming the remainder of the
cavity and movable relative to this remaining surface to
change the shape of the cavity's periphery for facilitating
interlock with the projection of the mating member during the
securement operation.
Subclass:
630
With additional cavity for engaging different projection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 629.
Separable-fastener* having a receiving member provided with
another cavity for engaging an additional projection located
on either the same opposed projection member or a different
projection member.
(1) Note. See (2) Note and (3) Note of subclass 588 for
clarification on what structure is required to form an
additional cavity.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
589 for a separable-fastener* having divergent interlock
means distinct from required cavity or projection of its
member.
605 for plural, similar shaped projections which each engage
a different cavity and have relatively movable components or
surfaces.
697 for plural distinct cavities with no relatively movable
components or surfaces.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
128, Surgery, subclass 563 for corsets and girdles having
stays at their closure's edges and nonflaccid interengaging
fasteners therefor.
Subclass:
631
Having common means actuating or releasing interlocking
components or surfaces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 630.
Separable-fastener* wherein each of the cavities of the
receiving member is provided with a projection interlocking
component or surface which is shifted into or out of
interlocking engagement with its projection by a force
transmitted thereto from a single means (e.g., push button)
which is linked to or integral with the interlocking
component or surface of both cavities.
Subclass:
632
And interlocking with independently associated or dissociated
projection members:
This subclass is indented under subclass 631.
Separable-fastener* in which the projections engaging and
interlocking with the cavities are carried by different
members capable of moving independently of each other during
their association with or separation from the receiving
member.
Subclass:
633
And operator therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Receiving
member including an operator* for causing the relative
movement between the two projection engaging or guiding
components or segments during the securing operation.
(1) Note. A component which both (a) prevents the separation
of the dissociable mating members, and (b) is located on one
of the mating members and directly engages the interlocking
portion of the other mating member is not considered a proper
operator* for this subclass and its indented subclasses and
is placed as a relatively movable interlocking component
elsewhere.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
602 for a separable-fastener* having interlocking structure
actuated or released responsive to preselected condition.
603 for a separable-fastener* having interlocking structure
actuated or released by electric or fluid power.
subclasses 606+ for an operator* for causing movement
between projection components or segments.
Subclass:
634
For plural, oppositely shifting, similar interlocking
components or segments:
This subclass is indented under subclass 633. Receiving
member wherein the operator* causes relative movement in
opposite directions between two, similarly shaped, projection
engaging or guiding components or segments.
Subclass:
635
Operator includes camming or wedging element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 634. Operator*
including either a rigid* or semirigid*, rotatable camming or
shiftable wedging element having a contact surface which
slides against, for causing the movement of, a cooperating
contact surface on or attached to either the interlock
component or segment when a rotating or shifting force is
applied to the camming or wedging element, and wherein the
relative orientation or contour of one of the contacting
surfaces causes the movement of the contacted surface of the
interlocking component or segment to be in a direction other
than that of the shifting or rotating movement of the
element.
Subclass:
636
Including pivotally connected element on receiving member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 633. Operator*
including an element connected to the receiving member in a
manner allowing it to both (a) swing in an arcuate path about
a constantly contacted connection point or region of the
stationary remainder of the receiving member, and (b)
maintain relative movement between the surfaces of the
element and remainder of the receiving member at the contact
point or region when causing the relative movement between
the components or segments.
Subclass:
637
For shifting pivotally connected interlocking component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 636. Receiving
member wherein the operator* element moves a projection
engaging or guiding component which is connected to the
stationary remainder of the receiving member in a manner
allowing it to both (a) swing in an arcuate path about a
constantly contacted connection point or region on the
remainder of the receiving member, and (b) maintain relative
movement between its surface and that of the remainder of the
receiving member at the contact point or region when moving
between its interlock and noninterlock positions.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
646 for a swinging, interlocking component and a relatively
movable handle therefor.
Subclass:
638
Element and component pivot about same axis:
This subclass is indented under subclass 637. Receiving
member in which both the operator* element and the projection
or guiding component moved by the element swing about the
same constantly contacted connection point or region located
on the stationary remainder of the receiving member.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
646 for a swinging, interlocking component and a relatively
movable handle therefor.
Subclass:
639
For shifting slidably connected and guided, nonself-biasing,
interlocking component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 636. Receiving
member wherein the operator* element moves a projection
engaging or guiding component interconnected with the
remaining stationary component of the receiving member by two
distinct, rigid* or semirigid* formations which (1) are each
integral with or fixedly attached to a different one of the
components, and (2) have mutually cooperating surfaces both
(a) in sliding contact with each other and (b) restricting
the relative motion of the moving projection engaging or
guiding component to substantively a single primary direction
between its interlock and noninterlock positions, and further
wherein this relatively movable component is neither biased
along the primary direction into or out of interlock
engagement with the interlocking structure of the projection
by its own resiliency.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
655 for a sliding interlocking component and a relatively
movable handle therefor.
Subclass:
640
Including slidably connected and guided element on receiving
member:
This subclass is indented under subclass 633. Operator*
including an element connected to a remaining stationary
component of the receiving member by two distinct, rigid*
formations which (1) are each integral with or fixedly
attached to the element and the component, and (2) have
mutually cooperating surfaces both (a) sliding relative to
each other and (b) restricting the relative motion of the
element to substantively a single primary direction.
Subclass:
641
For shifting pivotally connected interlocking component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 640. Receiving
member wherein the operator* element moves a projection
engaging or guiding component which is connected to the
stationary remainder of the receiving member in a manner
allowing it to both (a) swing in an arcuate path about a
constantly contacted connection point or region on the
remainder of the receiving member, and (b) maintain relative
movement between its surface and that of the remainder of the
receiving member at the contact point or region when moving
between its interlock and noninterlock positions.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
646 for a swinging interlocking component and a relatively
movable handle therefor.
Subclass:
642
For shifting slidably connected and guided, nonself-biasing,
interlocking component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 640. Receiving
member wherein the operator* element moves a projection
engaging or guiding component connected to a remaining
stationary component of the receiving member by two distinct,
rigid* or semirigid* formations which (1) are each integral
with or fixedly attached to a different one of the
components, and (2) have mutually cooperating surfaces both
(a) in sliding contact with each other and (b) restricting
the relative motion of the moving projection engaging or
guiding component to substantively a single primary direction
between its interlock and noninterlock positions, and further
wherein this relatively movable component is neither biased
along the primary direction into nor out of interlock
engagement with the interlocking structure of the projection
by its own resiliency.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
655 for a sliding interlocking component and a relatively
movable handle therefor.
Subclass:
643
Having pivotally connected interlocking component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Receiving
member having its relatively movable projection engaging or
guiding component connected to its other projection engaging
or guiding component in a manner allowing it to both (a)
swing in an arcuate path about a constantly contacted
connection point or region located on either the other
component or an intermediate linking portion of the member,
and (b) maintain the required relative movement between the
surfaces of the components or the component and linking
portion at the contact point or region.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 609+ for a receiving member having a pivotal
connection between two components which allows relative
movement between two, distinct, inserted components of its
projection.
684 for a pivotal, mounting connection allowing bodily
movement of the projection or cavity towards its interlocking
connection.
Subclass:
644
Blocking removal of formation on projection from
complementary formation on side wall of cavity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 643. Receiving
member wherein the swinging component moves into or out of a
position which prevents the separation of a distinct
interlocking formation (e.g., aperture) located on the
projection member from a distinct stationary interlocking
formation located on the axially extending walls of the
cavity having a shape complementary to the formation of the
projection.
(1) Note. The formation within the cavity must be more than
a simple extension of and be spaced from the initial
structure defining the access opening.
Subclass:
645
And position locking-means therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 643. Receiving
member having locking-means* for retaining the swinging
component at a particular location.
(1) Note. A component which (a) prevents the separation of
the dissociable members and (b) is located on one of the
mating members and directly engages the interlocking portion
of the other mating member is not considered a proper
position locking-means* for this subclass and is places
elsewhere as an interlocking component.
Subclass:
646
And relatively movable handle therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 643. Receiving
member having an element connected to it which is both (1)
distinct from the swinging component and neither guides nor
interlocks with the projection, and (2) connected to its
member in a manner which allows it to (a) transmit a manual
input force applied directly upon it to the swinging
component when moving therewith and (b) move relative to the
swinging component only when an input force applied to the
element or component is not transmitted therebetween.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
638 for a swinging interlocking component and a manually
engaged pivoting element which requires relative movement
between the component and element during the transmittal of
an input force therebetween.
Subclass:
647
Requiring manual force thereon to interlock or disengage:
This subclass is indented under subclass 643. Swinging
component in which manual force is intended to be applied
directly on, and in the same direction as the motion of, this
component when swinging it relative to the other component
and moving it either to or from its interlocking position
with the projection.
Subclass:
648
Plural, oppositely shifting, similar interlocking component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 647. Receiving
member having two, separate, similarly shaped, swinging
components which travel in opposite directions when moving
between their interlock and noninterlock positions.
Subclass:
649
Having aperture therein alignable with parallel access
opening:
This subclass is indented under subclass 647. Swinging
component having an aperture (e.g., closed hole, channel)
formed in it which is (a) located in a plane parallel to the
one in which the access opening of the cavity is located, and
(b) travels in this plane between a position in which one
portion thereof is aligned with the central axis of the
access opening when the projection is interlocked and another
position in which this interlocking portion of the aperture
is in a location which allows the projection to freely pass
through the access opening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
597 for a receiving member having a component which is
mounted to rotate about the central axis of the access
opening of the cavity and includes an interlocking aperture
located therein or therethrough.
Subclass:
650
Having interlocking portion thereof housed continuously
within cavity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 647. Swinging
component having its entire projection engaging portion
always enclosed within a projection guiding cavity formed by
the distinct component to which it is connected.
Subclass:
651
Having cavity with side walls and axially biased component
capping end:
This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Receiving
member having (1) a cavity component or surface segment with
an access opening and side walls extending in a direction
generally parallel to the central axis of this opening, and
(2) a projection engaging component or segment, with at least
a portion of its surface both (a) biased for movement along a
path following the central axis of the opening of the cavity
and (b) preventing movement of the inserted projection along
this axis beyond its location in its retracted position.
Subclass:
652
Having slidably connected, nonself-biasing interlocking
component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Receiving
member having its relatively movable engaging or guiding
component connected to its other engaging or guiding
component by two distinct, rigid* or semirigid* formations
which (1) are each integral with or fixedly attached to a
different one of the components, and (2) have mutually
cooperating surfaces both (a) sliding relative to each other
and (b) restricting the relative motion of the moving
component to substantively a single primary direction between
its interlock and noninterlock positions, and further wherein
the relatively movable component is not biased along the
primary direction into or out of interlocking engagement with
interlocking structure of the projection by it's own
resiliency.
Subclass:
653
Blocking removal of formation on projection from
complementary formation on side wall of cavity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Receiving
member in which the relatively movable sliding component
moves into or out of a position which prevents the separation
of a distinct interlocking formation (e.g., aperture) located
on the projection member and a distinct stationary
interlocking formation located on the axially extending walls
of the cavity having a shape complementary to the formation
of the projection.
(1) Note. The formation within the cavity must be more than
a simple extension of the access opening and axially spaced
therefrom.
Subclass:
654
And position locking-means therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Receiving
member having locking-means* for retaining the sliding
component at a particular location.
(1) Note. A component which (a) prevents the separation of
the dissociable members and (b) is located on one of the
mating members and directly engages the interlocking portion
of the other mating member is not considered a proper
position locking-means* for this subclass and is placed
elsewhere as an interlocking component.
Subclass:
655
And relatively movable handle therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Receiving
member having an element connected to it which is both (1)
distinct from the sliding component and neither guides not
interlocks with the projection, and (2) connected to its
member in a manner which allows it to (a) transmit a manual
input force applied directly upon it to the sliding component
when moving therewith and (b) move relative to the sliding
component only when an input force applied to the element or
component is not transmitted therebetween.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
642 for a sliding interlocking component and a manually
engaged sliding element which requires relative movement
between the component and element during transmittal of an
input force therebetween.
Subclass:
656
Requiring manual force thereon to interlock or disengage:
This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Sliding
component in which manual force is intended to be applied
directly on and in the same direction as the motion of this
component when sliding it relative to the other component and
moving it either to or from its interlocking position with
the projection.
Subclass:
657
Plural, oppositely shifting, similar interlocking
components:
This subclass is indented under subclass 656. Receiving
member having two separate, similarly shaped, sliding
components which travel in opposite directions to each other
when moving between their interlock and noninterlock
positions.
Subclass:
658
Having closed aperture therethrough alignable with parallel
access opening:
This subclass is indented under subclass 656. Sliding
component having an aperture with a continuous circumference
formed through it which is in a parallel plane to and has (a)
one portion aligned with the central axis of the access
opening of the cavity in the interlocking position of the
movable sliding component and (b) another portion of the
aperture aligned with the central axis of noninterlocking
position of the movable sliding component.
Subclass:
659
Having flaccid component defining access opening of cavity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Receiving
member having at least a segment of the access opening of the
cavity constructed from a flaccid* material to allow the
perimeter of the opening to change either its size or shape
during the interlocking operation.
(1) Note. The flaccid* segment of the access opening of the
cavity in this and the indented subclasses may be formed by a
flaccid* piece of the structure-to-be-secured* (e.g., a
button hole).
(2) Note. The flaccid* material of this and the indented
subclasses may also be elastic in nature (e.g., a button loop
made of thin rubber material).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
112, Sewing, subclass 431 for a web or sheet having an
aperture (e.g., buttonhole) around which a filamentary
material or strandlike tape is sewn; subclass 437 for a sewn
web or sheet having apertured or openwork (e.g., buttonhole)
therein; and subclasses 65+ for buttonhole forming machines.
Subclass:
660
Component formed solely by flaccid* cord:
This subclass is indented under subclass 659. Access opening
wherein the flaccid* segment is constructed from a long
slender element which is the only material defining this
segment of the perimeter.
Subclass:
661
With nonflaccid component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 659. Access opening
also having a segment of its projection perimeter constructed
from nonflaccid material.
Subclass:
662
Having resiliently biased interlocking component or segment:
This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Receiving
member having one of its interlocking components or segments
both (a) movable relative to the remaining interlocking
structure of the receiving member, and (b) biased either into
or out of its normal interlocking position by its own
resiliency or the resiliency of a noninterlocking component
of the receiving member attached thereto or contacting
therewith.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 614+ for a projection having two, relatively
movable, inserted components or segments of which at least
one is resiliently biased to allow their movement.
683 for a projection or cavity having an integral resilient*
segment which is utilized to mount, and allow bodily movement
of, the projection or cavity.
Subclass:
663
Cavity or projection rotates about axis of cavity to
dissociate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 662. Dissociable
mating members wherein it is necessary to rotate either a
portion of the projection or receiving member about the
central axis of the access opening of the cavity to
dissociate them from each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 590+ for dissociable mating members which must
be rotated relative to each other about the axis of the
cavity access opening to complete interlock.
Subclass:
664
Requiring manual force applied against bias to interlock or
disengage:
This subclass is indented under subclass 662. Receiving
member wherein the resiliently biased component or segment is
intended to be moved either into or out of its normal
interlocking position by manual force applied directly to the
biased component or segment in a direction opposite to that
of the biasing force on this component or segment.
(1) Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclasses
it is required that the direction of this manual force for
moving the resiliently biased component or component segment
be always applied at an angle to the direction of travel of
the projection member during its final stage of association
with the receiving member.
Subclass:
665
And partially blocking separate, nonresilient access opening
of cavity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 664. Receiving
member wherein the resiliently biased component or segment
extends across or into a portion of the access path of the
projection to (a) reduce the width of this path beyond, and
(b) hinder its removal or entrance of the projection through
a separate (i.e., nonintegral), nonresilient component of the
receiving member which forms the access opening of the
cavity.
Subclass:
666
And closed elongated access opening for guiding transverse
projection travel after insertion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 662. Receiving
member having a component or segment with connected walls
which (a) fully encircle the access path of the projection
into the cavity, and (b) have a configuration with one
dimension of greater length than the corresponding dimension
of the projection in its insertion attitude to allow the
projection after insertion therethrough to abruptly change
its direction of movement and bodily travel a significant
distance along the encircling walls in a path which is
transverse to the access path.
(1) Note. The distance traveled by the projection during its
transverse movement should be at least half of the
projection's length in its corresponding dimension to be
considered significant.
(2) Note. A section of the fully encircling walls may be
formed by a portion of the structure-to-be-secured* connected
to two other wall sections of the component or segment.
(3) Note. If no abrupt change in travel direction is
necessary by the projection after its insertion through the
access opening, then it is not proper for this and the
indented subclasses.
(4) Note. A minor expansion gap in the access opening
encircling wall which does not allow any of the projection
member's structure to pass therethrough is still considered
to be "fully encircling" and proper for this and the indented
subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
701 for similar art not having a resiliently biased
interlocking component or segment.
Subclass:
667
Nonresilient walls define opening:
This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Receiving
member wherein the access path encircling walls of the
component or segment are constructed in a manner which
prevents them from expanding in any direction transverse to
that of the projection access path.
Subclass:
668
Formed from wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Receiving
member wherein the access path encircling walls are
constructed at least in part from a rigid* or semirigid*
filament.
(1) Note. A portion of one of the walls of this subclass may
be considered the resiliently biased component or segment if
it is resiliently constructed and this resiliency is
necessary for interlock.
Subclass:
669
And access opening with gapped perimeter for allowing
movement of noninserted projection support therepast:
This subclass is indented under subclass 662. Receiving
member also having its cavity defined by a component or
segment which only partially encircles the access path of the
inserted portion of the projection at the point where its
movement is initially restricted by the cavity and wherein
the vacant space in the component or segment at this point is
intended to allow a noninserted portion of the projection
member supporting the projection (i.e., the portion linking
or mounting the inserted projection to the
structure-to-be-secured* or a supporting structure therefor)
to travel with the projection to a location beyond its entry
point into the cavity.
(1) Note. See (2) Note of subclass 588.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
702 for similar art not having a resiliently biased
component or segment.
Subclass:
670
Cavity constructed solely from wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 669. Receiving
member wherein the component or segment forming the
boundaries of the cavity is constructed solely from a rigid*
or semirigid* filament.
Subclass:
671
Partially blocking separate, nonresilient, access opening of
cavity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 662. Receiving
member wherein the resiliently biased component extends
across or into a portion of the travel path of the projection
to (a) reduce the width of this path, and (b) hinder the
removal or entrance of the projection through a separate
(i.e., nonintegral) nonresilient component of the receiving
member which forms the access opening of the cavity.
(1) Note. If the resilient* element is located at one side
of the access opening, it is proper for this and the indented
subclasses only if structure of the nonresilient component is
also found on this side and radially spaced a further
distance from the central axis of the access opening.
Subclass:
672
And bodily shifted into or out or interlock location by
manual force thereon:
This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Resiliently
biased component or segment which is intended to be shifted
in its entirety relative to the nonresilient access opening
when moving either to or from its interlocking position with
the projection by manual force applied directly to an
integral force or fixedly attached portion thereof.
(1) Note. The resiliently biased component or segment of
this subclass is either forced against a portion of the
projection or a relatively stationary portion of the
receiving member by the manual force and coacts therewith to
exceed the biasing force acting on it. If the manual force is
applied directly to the component or segment in a direction
opposite to the biasing force thereon, then it is proper for
subclass 665 and not this subclass.
Subclass:
673
Formed from wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Receiving
member wherein the resiliently biased component or segment is
constructed from a semirigid* filament.
Subclass:
674
Having curved or bent engaging section conforming to contour
of projection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 673. Filament having
a section thereof curved or bent in a manner allowing this
section to engage and generally follow a similarly shaped
curved or bent portion of a cross-sectional surface of the
projection which is perpendicular to the central axis of the
access opening when the projection is in its interlock
position.
Subclass:
675
Similar, distinct sections:
This subclass is indented under subclass 674. Filament with
two curved or bent projection engaging sections having a
similar shape to and distinct from (i.e., are noncontinuous
curves or bends) each other.
Subclass:
676
Having distinct sections engaging projection at spaced
points:
This subclass is indented under subclass 673. Filaments
having two or more distinct projection engaging sections
located along its length for engaging different areas of the
cross-sectional surface of the projection spaced from each
other by nonengaged portions of this surface.
Subclass:
677
Including separate, nonprojection-engaging spring for
biasing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 662. Receiving
member including a spring which is (a) separate from the
projection engaging structure of the receiving member, and
(b) applies at least a portion of the required biasing force
to the movable interlocking component or segment.
Subclass:
678
Biased component or segment entirely formed from wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 662. Receiving
member in which all the biased interlocking structure of the
receiving member is constructed solely from a bent resilient*
filament.
Subclass:
679
Having portion of cavity deformed during mounting:
This subclass is indented under subclass 662. Receiving
member wherein an integral of fixedly attached projection
receiving cavity has its initial configuration altered during
the operation mounting the receiving member to the
structure-to-be-secured* by a deforming force transmitted to
the portion in excess of the amount of force necessary for
plastic deformation of the material from which the portion is
constructed.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 688+ for deformable mounting means formed from a
fixedly attached to projection or cavity member.
Subclass:
680
And cooperating with separate mounting component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 679. Receiving
member in which a separate component of the receiving member
cooperates with the altered portion of the cavity to enhance
the mounting of the receiving member to the
structure-to-be-secured*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
689 for a cavity or projection member having a deformable
portion cooperating with a detached component during the
mounting operation.
Subclass:
681
Having axially extending expansion slit along side of
cavity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 662. Receiving
member wherein the component or segment forming the
projection receiving cavity has a gap or slit located in one
of its walls extending in the same direction as the central
axis of the access opening to allow the cavity to either
resiliently expand or contract during the interlocking
operation.
(1) Note. To be proper for this subclass the length of the
gap or slit in the direction of the central axis must be of a
greater magnitude than the thickness of the material from
which the cavity is constructed.
Subclass:
682.1
Means for mounting projection or cavity portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 588.
Separable-fastener* wherein means are provided for securing
either a projection or cavity portion of the dissociable
mating members to the surface of either the
structure-to-be-secured* or a support therefor.
(1) Note. For a mounting means to be proper for this
subclass or indented subclasses, it must retain the
projection or cavity member at a specific location on, or in
the region of the surface to which it is attached (i.e., it
does not allow unrestricted movement along or removal from
the mounting surface).
(2) Note. Separable-fastener* mounted solely by a simple
encircling loop are classified elsewhere based on another
feature of the separable-fastener*.
(3) Note. Separable fasteners* mounted by another fastener
of this class are found under "Combined Diverse Multipart
Fasteners" or subclasses 573+ (see subclass 573 search note
to this class, subclasses 305+ and 379.1 for the line between
these areas).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
90.1 for buttons with means to attach them to the
structure-to-be-secured*.
265 for devices utilized to attach an unclaimed
separable-fastener* to the end of a strap.
subclasses 413+ for means for mounting individual elements
of a zippers interlocking surface.
444 for means for attaching a mounting surface for numerous
filaments (e.g., Velcro (TM)) to the structure-to-be-secured*
or a support therefor.
Subclass:
683
Allows bodily movement facilitating interlock:
This subclass is indented under subclass 682.1. Mounting
means constructed in a manner which allows the projection or
cavity portion of the dissociable member to move as a
complete unit relative to the surface to which it is mounted
to facilitate the interlocking operation.
(1) Note. Mounting means allowing relative movement between
interlocking components or component segments of either the
projection or cavity portion are excluded from this subclass
and its indented subclasses and are found in subclasses 604+
and 629+.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
586 for a separable-fastener* having selective interlocking
position between opposed faces and mounting means for one of
its members allowing interlock facilitating repositioning of
a face.
subclasses 614+ for a projection having two, relatively
movable, inserted components or segments, one of which is
resiliently biased to allow the movement.
subclasses 662+ for a cavity member having two, relatively
movable, interlocking components or segments, one of which is
resiliently biased to allow the movement.
Subclass:
684
About pivotal connection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 683. Mounting means
which allows (a) the projection or cavity portion of the
dissociable member to swing in an arcuate path about a
constantly contacted connection point or region located on
the surface to which it is mounted, and (b) maintain relative
movement at the contact point or region between the
contacting portions of the mounting means and the mounting
surface.
(1) Note. A dissociable member having a projection or cavity
portion which swings about a nonfixed point within a fixed
region of the mounting surface is included herein if it
maintains the required contact and relative movement at the
connection.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 609+ for a projection member having a pivotal
connection between two components which allows relative
movement between two, distinct, inserted components of its
projection.
subclasses 643+ for a receiving member having a pivotal
connection between two of its components which allows
relative movement between two of its interlocking
components.
Subclass:
685
Includes resilient component separate from portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 683. Mounting means
including a resilient component which is distinct and
separate from (i.e., nonintegral) the projection or cavity
portion of the dissociable member and allows the portion's
movement relative to the mounting surface.
Subclass:
686
Allows relocation of portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 682.1. Mounting
means constructed in a manner which allows the projection or
cavity portion of the dissociable member to be located in
different positions.
Subclass:
687
Having component of means permanently deformed during
mounting operation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 682.1. Mounting
means having its initial configuration altered during the
operation of mounting the dissociable member to the
structure-to-be-secured* by a deforming force in excess of
the amount of force necessary for plastic deformation of the
material from which this component of the means is
constructed.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
679 for receiving members having a resiliently biased
component or segment and a deformed mounting portion.
703 for a fastener destructively deformed during fastening.
Subclass:
688
And formed from or fixedly attached to projection or cavity
portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 687. Deformed
component also integral with or permanently secured to the
projection or cavity portion of the dissociable member before
the beginning of the mounting operation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
36 for a one-piece belt fastener mounted to the belt by a
deformed prong.
414 for deformable jaws for mounting* individual elements of
zipper's interlocking surface.
679 for resilient* cavity which is deformed during its
mounting operation.
Subclass:
689
Cooperates with detached component of means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 688. Deformed
component which cooperates after deformation with a component
of the mounting means previously separate and detached
therefrom.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
680 for a deformable, resilient* cavity which cooperates
with a separate component during the mounting operation.
Subclass:
690
Having shape facilitating impaling of mounting surface:
This subclass is indented under subclass 688. Deformed
component having a configuration specifically designed for
piercing through or into the material of the mounting
surface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
689 and 696, for a mounting component which has a shape
facilitating impaling of the mounting surface.
Subclass:
691
And inserted into or through cavity or projection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 687. Deformed
component which is also inserted into or through either the
cavity or projection of the dissociable member during the
mounting operation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
621 for a resilient* projection having deformable mounting
means inserted into a hollow central area of the projection.
Subclass:
692
And encircling cavity or projection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 687. Deformed
component which also encircles either the base of the cavity
or projection of the dissociable member during the mounting
operation.
(1) Note. The deformed component of this subclass need not
fully encircle the base of the cavity or projection with a
continuous surface as long as there are segments of its
material located on all sides thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
622 for a resilient* projection having deformable mounting
means encircling it.
Subclass:
693
Consisting of thermally fusible substance:
This subclass is indented under subclass 682.1. Mounting
means consisting of a substance which during the mounting
operation is (a) in contact with both the mounting surface
and the cavity or projection portion, (b) heated to a
temperature melting it from its solid state into its liquid
or plastic state, and (c) cooled to a temperature which
allows the substance to return to its solid state and weld
the cavity or projection portion to the mounting surface.
(1) Note. The fusible substance may be separate from or part
of either the mounting surface or the cavity or projection
portion.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
403, Joints and Connections, subclasses 270+ for a fusion
bond between two rigid* or semirigid* members forming the
joint therebetween.
Subclass:
694
Having threaded formation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 682.1. Mounting
means having a projecting or concaved formation and a helical
rib protruding from and located around the perimeter of this
formation cooperating with a complementary formation on
another portion of the means during the mounting operation.
Subclass:
695
Having specific structure for cooperating with stitching:
This subclass is indented under subclass 682.1. Mounting
means having a component with a formation specifically
designed to cooperate with a separate, flexible filament,
mounting component stitched into the supporting surface.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
112, Sewing, subclasses 406+ for a web or sheet having an
external fastener (e.g., button) sewn thereto.
Subclass:
696
Having shape facilitating impaling of mounting surface:
This subclass is indented under subclass 682.1. Mounting
means having configuration specifically designed for piercing
through or into the material of the mounting surface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 356+ for a pin combined with another type Class
24 fastener.
subclasses 706+ for pin fasteners, per se.
Subclass:
697.1
Plural distinct cavities or projections:
This subclass is indented under subclass 588.
Separable-fastener* having either (1) a receiving member
provided with plural cavities which share no common shape
defining surfaces and are intended to engage different
projection, (2) plural separate receiving members each
provided with a cavity intended to engage a different
projection, or (3) plural projections located on either a
single inserted member or plural inserted members each of
which is intended to engage a different cavity of either (a)
a receiving member provided with plural cavities which share
no common shape defining surfaces or (b) plural separate
receiving members each provided with their own cavity.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 305+ for plural diverse type separable-fasteners
having independent operation.
589 for a separable-fastener* having divergent interlock
means distinct from required cavity or projection of its
member.
605 for plural, similar projections which each engage a
different cavity and have relatively movable components or
surfaces.
subclasses 630+ for a separable-fastener* having two,
distinct cavities, one of which must include movable
components or surfaces.
685 for plural projections or cavities biased into
interlocking engagement with each other by a nonintegral
resilient mounting element (e.g., strip).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
403, Joints and Connections, subclass 381 for interfitted
panels (i.e., structure-to-be-secured*) having interlocking
structure at their joints including enlarged heads and
complementary recesses.
450, Foundation Garments, subclass 139 for corsets and
girdles having stays at their closure's edges and nonflaccid
interengaging fasterners therefor.
Subclass:
697.2
Hook type:
This subclass is indented under subclass 697.1.
Separable-fastener* having at least one projection which (a)
is connected at one end to a generally planar noninserted
shank mounted to the struc-ture-to-be-secured* or another
portion of the projection member and (b) has its opposite end
(i.e., tip) free from fixed connection with any other portion
of the projection member and bending generally toward either
the shank or the connection of the projection member to the
structure-to-be-secured*
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 370+ for plural diverse type hooks having
independent operation.
Subclass:
698.1
Hook-shaped projection member passing through cavity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Projection
member having a generally planar noninserted shank connected
at one end to the structure-to-be-secured* or a mounting
portion of its member and at its other end to an integral or
rigidly attached appendage forming the inserted projection
which appendage (a) has its opposite end free from connection
with any other portion of the projection member, (b) bends
generally toward either the shank portion or the connection
of the projection member with the structure-to-be-secured* or
support and (c) passes at least partially through a cavity.
(1) Note. Hooks which are used as tools are excluded from
Class 24 (see Lines With Other Classes of the class
defintion) and are found elsewhere.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 7 for methods and apparatus for
making a hook.
43, Fishing, Trapping, and Vermin Destroying, subclass 43.16
for a fishing hook.
54, Harness, subclass 46 and 62 for a hook shaped device
used in combination with harness.
114, Ships, subclasses 377+ for a connector (e.g., hook)
adapted to connect a life craft to life craft handling
apparatus and subclasses 301+ for a fluke type anchor.
152, Resilient Tires and Wheels, subclasses 241+ for a
chain securing device in combination with, or specially
adapted for use with, an annular for use with, an annular
tire chain.
248, Supports, subclass 211, 213, 215, 225.21, 227.2, 290.1,
301, 303, 304+, and 339+ for a bracket having either a hook
type article support or a support hook for the bracket.
278, Land Vehicles: Animal Draft Appliances, subclass 51,
111+, and 127+ for a hook shaped device in combination with a
draft appliance.
292, Closure Fasteners, subclasses 95+ for a hooked end
bolt.
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, subclass 82.1
for a hoistline or grab hook; also subclass 26 (see (1) Note
above).
623, Prosthesis, (i.e., Artificial Body Members), Parts
Thereof, or Aids and Accessories Thereof, subclasses 57+
for a hook used to replace a hand.
D11, Jewelry, Symbolic Insignia, and Ornaments, subclasses
208+ for a hook and eye type fastener.
Subclass:
698.2
Formed from single piece of sheet metal:
This subclass is indented under subclass 698.1. Projection
member completely constructed from one thin piece of metal
which has been or cut to make the shank and inserted
projection.
Subclass:
698.3
Formed solely from wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 698.1. Projection
member completely constructed from one or more rigid* or
semirigid* filaments.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
601.3 and 601.8+, for a hook and gate formed solely from
wire and having a relatively movable portion.
Subclass:
700
Cavity having specific shape:
This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Receiving
member where in the boundary of its cavity is defined by a
segment of the member's structure having a detailed
configuration or contour.
Subclass:
701
Including closed elongated access opening for guiding
transverse projection travel after insertion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 700. Receiving
member including a structural formation with connected walls
which (a) fully encircle the access path of the projection
into the cavity, and (b) have a configuration with one
dimension of greater length than the corresponding dimension
of the projection in its inserted attitude to allow the
projection after insertion therethrough to abruptly change
its direction of movement an bodily travel a significant
distance along the encircling walls in a path which is
transverse to the access path to complete interlock.
(1) Note. The distance traveled by the projection during its
transverse movement should be at least half of the
projection's length in its corresponding dimension to be
considered significant.
(2) Note. One of the encircling walls may be formed by a
portion of the structure-to-be-secured* connected to the
other walls.
(3) Note. If no abrupt change in travel direction is
necessary by the projection after it's insertion through the
access opening to complete interlock, then it is not proper
in this subclass.
(4) Note. A minor gap in the access opening encircling wall
which does not allow any of the projection member's structure
to pass therethrough is still considered to be "fully
encircling" and proper for this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 666+ for similar art having a resiliently biased
interlocking component or segment.
Subclass:
702
Having access opening with gapped perimeter for allowing
movement of noninserted projection support therepast:
This subclass is indented under subclass 700. Receiving
member having its cavity defined by structure which only
partially encircles the access path of the inserted portion
of the projection at the point where its movement is
initially restricted by the cavity and wherein the vacant
space in the structure at this point is intended to allow a
noninserted portion of the projection member supporting the
projection (i.e., the portion linking or mounting the
inserted projection to the structure-to-be-secured* or a
supporting structure therefor) to travel with the projection
to a location beyond the projection entry point into the
cavity.
(1) Note. See (2) Note of subclass 588.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 669+ for similar art having a resiliently biased
component or segment.
Subclass:
703.1
FASTENER DESTRUCTIVELY SECURED BY RESHAPING DISTORTION
FORCE:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter comprising a securing means having an initial
configuration which is altered during the securing operation
by a deforming force transmitted to a portion thereof in
excess of the amount of force necessary for plastic
deformation of the material from which it is constructed
(i.e., a force greater than any natural resiliency in the
material which causes structural fatigue) and causing it to
either break or bend into a new configuration it maintains
during the securing operation after the force is removed.
(1) Note. This subclass is intended to provide for securing
means which either (a) can not be removed without the
destruction of the means when the securing operation is
reversed (i.e., permanently deformed fasteners), or (b) will
be destroyed by structural fatigue of the material after
repeated operations weaken the material at the bending
portion (i.e., ductilely reshapeable fastener).
(2) Note. See the class definition for patent placement
procedure.
(3) Note. This subclass and its intended subclasses are
intended to provide a single temporary locus within Class 24
for deformable fasteners currently found in existing
subclasses therein. Until these deformable fasteners are
gathered together at this locus it is not possible to
establish clear lines with, and transfer large groups of
patents to, either Class 411 or Class 403. Therefore,
deformable fasteners have been transferred to Class 411 or
Class 403 only when an existing subclass therein already
specifically provides for them.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 16+ for bale ties, package ties, and hose clamps
which are reshaped or deformed.
30.5 for twisted bag fasteners.
subclasses 35+ for bendable, one-piece belt fasteners.
subclasses 94+ for buttons mounted to the
struct-ure-to-be-secured* by a deflecting prong or rivet.
subclasses 115+ for bendable cord or rope holders.
265 for bendable strap-end-attaching devices.
subclasses 687+ for similar art utilized in mounting a
separable-fastener* member.
704.1 for fasteners which are destructively distorted only
when disengaged.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
5, Beds, subclass 655.6 or 696, for a tufting button having
air venting structure intended for use with a mattress or
cushion.
403, Joints and Connections, appropriate subclasses, for a
deformed fastener having structure which makes it peculiar to
use with a provided for joint.
411, Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed, or
Locked-Threaded Fastener, appropriate subclasses, for general
utility fasteners having a deformed portion.
454, Ventilation, subclass 120, 140, 144, and 152 for a
tufting button having air venting structure intended for use
with a seat.
Subclass:
703.2
Distorted structure having shape facilitating impaling:
This subclass is indented under subclass 703.1. Securing
means wherein the deformed portion of the means has an
initial configuration facilitating its penetrating into and
forming a hole through either the structure-to-be-secured* or
a support member therefor.
(1) Note. Class 402 takes a deformed fastener which clearly
discloses that the fastener (a) enters or forms an opening in
a sheet of paper, (b) can be separated by hand from the sheet
after fastening without damage to either the sheet or
fastener, and (c) has the sole disclosed utility of retaining
a sheet of a paper. A fastener which is reusable after
removal is assumed to be undamaged under the standards of
Class 402. Also, a paper fastener which does not state that
it is either damaged or reusable after removal in the
disclosure is (a) assumed reusable if it is deformed by
direct manual force and contact and (b) assumed damaged if it
is deformed by contact with other fastener structure (e.g.,
anvil plate) which prevents direct manual contact with the
deformed segment after fastening.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
402, Binder Devices Releasably Engaging Aperture or Notch of
Sheet, subclasses 14+, for a deformable sheet retainer
secured by folding a portion thereof.
Subclass:
703.3
And distinct fastener structure cooperating with impaled
structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 703.2. Securing
means wherein the deformed portion after penetration engages
another portion of the securing means which does not
penetrate through either the structure-to-be-secured* or a
support member thereof.
Subclass:
703.4
Detached cooperating structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 703.3. Securing
means which the deformed penetrating portion prior to its
penetration is completely disconnected from the
nonpenetrating engaging portion of the means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
402, Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or Notch of
Sheet, subclasses 15+ for a deformable retainer cooperating
with a holder therefor.
Subclass:
703.5
Including plural impaling elements:
This subclass is indented under subclass 703.2. Securing
means in which the deformed portion includes two distinct
penetrating elements.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
402, Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or Notch of
Sheet, subclass 14 for a deformable sheet retainer.
411, Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed, or
Locked-Threaded Fastener, subclasses 457+ for a multiple
prong impact driven fastener.
Subclass:
703.6
Elements form single aperture (e.g., split shank type):
This subclass is indented under subclass 703.5. Securing
means wherein the penetrating elements touch each other
during penetration and form a single hole through the
structure-to-be-secured* or a support member therefor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
402, Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or Notch of
Sheet, subclass 14 for a deformable sheet retainer.
411, Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed, or
Locked-Threaded Fastener, subclass 502, for headed fasteners
having plural deflected legs.
Subclass:
704.1
READILY INTERLOCKING, TWO-PART FASTENER REQUIRING EITHER
DESTRUCTIVE OR TOOL DISENGAGEMENT:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter comprising a securing means having two repositionable
portions which are easily brought into final securing
engagement with each other by unassisted manual force and are
held in this engaged position by either (1) the relative
movement between sections of one of the portions, (2) the
reorientation after contact of one of the portions relative
to the other portion, or (3) an external force transmitted to
one of the portions by a structure-to-be-secured* or a
supporting structure therefore, and wherein one of these
holding methods prevents the portions from separating until
either (a) a force of sufficient magnitude is applied to the
securing means to destructively distort an engaging portion
thereof rendering it unusable unless repaired, or (b) a tool
required operation (i.e., an operation which could not be
done by unassisted manual force or dexterity in the disclosed
environment) is utilized to manipulate, or apply a force to,
an engaging portion of the securing means.
(1) Note. This subclass and its indented subclasses are
intended to provide a single locus within Class 24 for
destructive or tool disengaged, readily interlocking
fasteners currently found in existing subclasses therein.
Until these fasteners are gathered together at this locus it
is not possible to establish clear lines with Class 411 or
Class 403. Therefore, only fasteners of this type already
specifically provide for in Class 403 or Class 411 have been
transferred thereto.
(2) Note. See the class definition for patent placement
procedure.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
572 for separable-fasteners* which have two separate
components dissociated from each other by tool manipulation
of an operator* attached to one of the components.
703.1 for a fastener which is both destructively secured and
disengaged.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
70, Locks, subclass 57.1 for a detectable device attached to
an article by a pin fastener releasable only by a key or
special tool.
292, Closure Fasteners, subclasses 307+ for a readily
interlocking two-part seal.
403, Joints and Connections, subclasses 326+ for a joint
using a biased catch, and subclasses 345+ for interfitted
members joined together by a readily interlocking fastener.
Subclass:
704.2
Including additional fastener structure linking parts:
This subclass is indented under subclass 704.1. Subject
matter including structure attached to both repositionable
portions which (a) does not affect the securing engagement
therebetween and (b) connects them together before they are
in their final securing position.
Subclass:
705
PIERCED EARRING FASTENER:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter comprising a securing mechanism having an elongated
component which passes through an existing hole located in
the earlobe of a person to attach an ornament thereto.
(1) Note. See the class definition to determine the extent
to which the earring may be claimed and remain proper for
this class.
(2) Note. A device intended to imaple the flesh of the
earlobe is excluded from this subclass and is classified in
Class 128.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
90.1 for a button attached to material with a similar type
fastener.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
63, Jewelry, subclass 12 and 13 for a pierced earring
claiming a specific detail (e.g., setting lock contoured to
shape of earlobe) or a specificity of material (e.g., made
from gold) of the earring beyond that required for a general
fastener.
119, Animal Husbandry, subclass 759 and 767 for a poke
having a skin piercing attachment to an animal, subclasses
824+ for a nostril attached mouth restraint, subclasses 835+
for a snout restraint that pierces the skin, and subclass 866
for a nose ring.
128, Surgery, subclass 329 for earrings which puncture the
earlobe.
Subclass:
706
PIN OR SEPARATE ESSENTIAL COOPERATING DEVICE THEREFOR:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter comprising either (a) a pin*, (b) a required portion
thereof (i.e., penetrating portion, nonpenetrating portion),
or (c) a discrete device intended to interact with a required
portion of the pin* and affect its operation in the final
securing position of the pin*.
(1) Note. A device intended for impaling the flesh of an
animal (e.g., fish hook) is excluded from this and the
indented subclasses an is classified elsewhere based on its
intended use (e.g., Class 17 for a meat skewer, Class 604 for
a hypodermic needle).
(2) Note. See the class definition for patent placement
procedure.
(3) Note. The penetrating fasteners found in this and the
indented subclasses are never intended to be directly driven
by a tool into the structure-to-be-secured*. A tool driven
penetrating fastener (e.g., nail) or a penetrating fastener
which is commonly known to be either tool driven or inserted
by hand (e.g., tack) is classified in Class 411. In addition,
a device which interacts with and affects the securing
operation of a penetrating fastener and either (a) is
directly moved by a tool to or from its secured position with
the penetrating portion of the fastener (e.g., nut) or (b)
has a component or surface for directing, constraining, or
shielding the penetrating portion of a fastener directly
moved by a tool (e.g., distorted lock washer) is excluded
from this and the indented subclasses. However, a device
which merely has a movable component or surface shifted by a
tool actuated operator* is proper for this and the indented
subclasses.
(4) Note. Pins which are used as tools are excluded from
this class (see Lines With other Classes of the class
definition) and are found elsewhere (e.g., see search notes
below for knitting needles, apparrel apparatus, and sewing
machine needles).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 56 for an armpit shield with
dress-attaching feature.
16, Miscellaneous Hardware, subclasses 4+ for a carpet
fastener which penetrates through or into a carpet, and
subclasses 87.2+ for a flexible panel attaching means which
penetrates into the panel to attach itself thereto and
travels along a track.
30, Cutlery, subclass 164.5 for an ice pick.
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclass 1.5 for a
pin fastener in combination with a specific detail of a
badge, and subclasses 24 and 25 for a check, label, or tag
fastener which penetrates through or into the supporting
article and has a special check, label, or tag accommodating
feature (e.g., holder).
43, Fishing, Trapping, and Vermin Destroying, for devices
which penetrate the flesh of an animal, particularly subclass
5 for a gaff, subclass 6 for a spear, and subclasses 43.16+
for a hook.
63, Jewelry, subclass 20 for an ornamental pin claiming a
specific detail (e.g., setting) or specificity of material
(e.g., made of gold) of the pin beyond that requiring for a
fastener of general utility.
66, Textiles: Knitting, subclasses 116+ for knitting
needles.
112, Sewing, subclasses 222+ for sewing machine needles.
128, Surgery, subclasses 339+ for a needle for carrying a
suture through skin.
132, Toilet, subclass 57.1 for a pin type fastener attached
to a hat or for a detached pin fastener cooperating with a
hat attached guide or tip protector.
163, Needle and Pin Making, subclasses 6+ for methods and
apparatus for making a pin.
223, Apparel Apparatus, subclasses 102+ for sewing
needles.
224, Package and Article Carriers, subclass 103 for fish and
game stringers.
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, subclasses
126+ for a handling harpoon.
369, Dynamic Information Storage or Retrieval, subclass 173
for a stylus.
402, Binder Devices Releasably Engaging Aperture or Notch of
Sheet, for a fastener which (1) enters or forms an opening in
a sheet, (2) can be separated by hand without damage to
either the sheet or fastener, and (3) has the sole disclosed
use of retaining a sheet.
411, Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed, or
Locked-Threaded Fastener, subclasses 439+ for a nail, tack,
or staple.
452, Butchering, subclass 176 for skewering type devices
which are used to close the visceral cavities of fowl in
preparation for marketing.
604, Surgery, subclasses 187+ for hypodermic needles.
D11, Jewelry, Symbolic Insignia, and Ornaments, subclass 206
for a safety pin design and subclass 207 for a hat pin
design.
Subclass:
706.1
With separately operable, manually releasable, nonpenetrating
means for mounting (e.g., drapery hook):
This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Subject matter
provided with means for connecting the pin* or its
interacting device to a portion of the
structure-to-be-secured* or a supporting member therefor, and
wherein the means (a) does not affect the operation of the
pin* or interacting device when connected or released, (b) is
connected or released solely by direct manual force, and (c)
does not penetrate the structure-to-be-secured* or support
member when connected.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
16, Miscellaneous Hardware, subclasses 4+ for a carpet
fastener which penetrates through or into a carpet, and
subclasses 87.2+ for a flexible panel attaching means which
penetrates into the panel to attach itself thereto and
travels along a track.
Subclass:
706.2
Having distinct guiding, holding, or protecting means for
penetrated portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Subject matter
having means which both (1) does not penetrate through the
hole formed by the impaling structure of the penetrating
portion and (2) is intended to cooperate with the penetrated
portion of the pin* to either (a) direct or constrain the
motion of this portion (e.g., prevent its withdraw) or (b)
shield the impaling structure of the portion from harmful
contact with other objects.
(1) Note. Directing, constraining, or shielding means
considered proper for this and the indented subclasses must
either partially surround or directly contact an exposed
section of the penetrating portion which has gone completely
through the structure-to-be-secured* or a supporting member
therefor. Means which (1) merely covers a surface of the
material opposite to that penetrated into by the penetrating
portion or (2) contacts the penetrating portion within the
material penetrated is classified elsewhere under subclass
706 (e.g., 711.5, 710.6).
Subclass:
706.3
Means detachable from or flaccidly connected to pin (e.g.,
hatpin type):
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.2. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means which is either (a)
completely separate from or (b) only connected by flaccid*
structure to the pin* when the pin* is not in its final
securing position.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
132, Toilet, subclass 69.1 and 72.1 for hat attached devices
which protect the tip of a pin.
Subclass:
706.4
For pin having plural penetrating portions:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.3. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means intended to interact with a
pin* having two or more penetrating portions which form
distinct holes in the structure-to-be-secured* or its
supporting member.
(1) Note. The means must interact with at least one of the
penetrating portions of the pin* for proper document
classification herein, but need not direct, constrain, or
shield the remaining penetrating portion(s).
Subclass:
706.5
Including relatively movable guiding, holding, or protecting
components or surfaces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.3. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means including either (a) two
distinct parts connected together in a manner allowing them
at their connection point or region to move relative to each
other when the penetrating portion is directed, constrained,
or shielded by these parts or (b) a surface segment integral
with or rigidly affixed to another surface segment and
movable relative to this segment when the penetrating portion
is directed, constrained, or shielded by these segments.
Subclass:
706.6
Having operator for moving holding component or surface:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.5. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means having an operator* for
moving either into or out of contact with the penetrating
portion a part or surface segment of the means which
constrains the motion of the penetrating portion when it is
in contact therewith.
(1) Note. An operator* proper for this and the indented
subclasses may also help to direct or shield the penetrating
portion of the pin*. However, if it contacts and directly
constrains the motion of the penetrating portion, it is not
considered a proper operator* for this and the indented
subclasses and is placed as a relatively movable constraining
part elsewhere under subclasses 706.5.
Subclass:
706.7
Moves pivoting holding component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.6. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means wherein the part moved by
the operator* is connected to another part of the means in a
manner allowing it to both (a) swing in an arcuate path about
a constantly contacted connection point or region located on
the other part of the means and (b) maintain relative
movement between its surface and that of the other part at
the point or region about which it swings while traveling to
or from its portion contacting position.
Subclass:
706.8
Moves slidably guided, nonself-biasing, holding component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.6. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means wherein the part moved by
the operator* is connected to another part of the means by
two mutually cooperating surfaces which (a) are each integral
with or fixedly attached to a different one of the parts, (b)
contact and slide relative to each other when the means
constrains the penetrating portion of the pin, and (c)
restrict the relative motion between the movably connected
parts to substantively a single primary direction, in
addition, neither of the above parts are biased along the
primary directions of relative movement by their own
resiliency.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
279, Chucks or Sockets, subclass 75 for a socket having cam
actuated roller jaws used to hold a shank.
Subclass:
706.9
Having pierceable (e.g., cork) or naturally resilient (e.g.,
rubber) surfaces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.5. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means having the relatively
movable surfaces formed from either (a) material impaled by
the penetrating portion of the pin* when it interacts with
the means or (b) inherently resilient* material for gripping
the penetrating portion of the pin* when it interacts with
the means.
Subclass:
707
With pivotal connection therebetween:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.5. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means with one part connected to
the other part in a manner allowing it to both (a) swing in
an arcuate path about a constantly contacted connection point
or region located on the other part and (b) maintain relative
movement between its surface and that of the other part at
the point or region about which it swings while traveling to
or from its portion contacting position.
Subclass:
707.1
With slidable connection between nonself-biasing components:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.5. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means with one part connected to
the other part by two mutually cooperating surfaces which (a)
are each integral with or fixedly attached to a different one
of the parts, (b) contact and slide relative to each other
when the means direct, constrain, or shield the penetrating
portion of the pin, and (c) restrict the relative motion
between the movably connected parts to substantively a single
primary direction, in addition, neither of the above parts
are biased along the primary direction of relative movement
by their own resiliency.
Subclass:
707.2
Having resiliently biased component or surface:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.5. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means having one of the relatively
movably parts or surface segments biased either into or out
of its directing constraining, or shielding position by its
own resiliency or the resiliency of another part of the means
attached to or contacting with it.
Subclass:
707.3
Coiled about longitudinal axis of held portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 707.2. Biased part
or surface segment wound or molded in the form of at least
two complete, similarly shaped connected loops successively
encircling the longitudinal axis of the penetrating portion
in its final securing position.
Subclass:
707.4
And aperture therein alignable with another spaced aperture
of means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 707.2. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means having a hole with a
continuous closed circumference formed in the biased part or
surface segment of the means, the central axis of this hole
being shifted away from the position to which it is normally
biased and into alignment with the central axis of a hole
spaced from it and formed in another part or surface segment
of the means when the penetrating portion of the pin* is
inserted through both holes.
Subclass:
707.5
And nonresilient structure for guiding portion thereto:
This subclass is indented under subclass 707.2. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means having a nonresilient part
or surface segment which limits the movement of the
penetrating portion in at least two directions perpendicular
to the one followed by the penetrating portion as it moves
towards the resilient part or surface segment of the means.
Subclass:
707.6
Including structure for cooperating with formation (e.g.,
cavity) formed on penetrating portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.3. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means including a part or surface
for contacting and interlocking with a formation which is (a)
formed along the length of the penetrating portion and (b)
specially shaped to mate with the part or surface.
Subclass:
707.7
For pin having plural penetrating portions:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.2. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means intended to interact with a
pin* having two or more penetrating portions which form
distinct holes in the structure-to-be-secured* or its
supporting member.
(1) Note. The means must interact with at least one of the
penetrating portions of the pin* for properdocument
classification herein, but need not direct, constrain, or
shield the remaining penetrating portion(s).
Subclass:
707.8
Each independently movable towards and into cooperation with
means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 707.7. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means wherein the movement of each
penetrating portion of the pin* toward and into interaction
with its means is not affected by that of the other
penetrating portion.
Subclass:
707.9
Including relatively movable guiding, holding or protecting
components or surfaces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.2. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means including either (a) two
distinct parts connected together in a manner allowing them
at their connection point or region to move relative to each
other when the penetrating portion is directed, constrained,
or shielded by these parts or (b) a surface segment integral
with or rigidly affixed to another surface segment and
movable relative to this segment when the penetrating portion
is directed, constrained, or shielded by these segments.
Subclass:
708
With connection allowing component to revolve about axis of
held penetrating portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 707.9. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means with one part connected to
the other part in a manner allowing to to both (a) turn about
the longitudinal axis of the penetrating portion when the
portion is in its final securing position and (b) block the
movement of the penetrating portion from this position after
turning.
Subclass:
708.1
With pivotal connection therebetween:
This subclass is indented under subclass 707.9. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means with one part connected to
the other part in a manner allowing it to both (a) swing in
an arcuate path about a constantly contacted connection point
or region located on either the outer part or an intermediate
linking part of the means when directing, constraining, or
shielding the penetrating portion and (b) maintain relative
movement between the contacting surfaces of the parts at the
point or region of their contact.
Subclass:
708.2
Having position locking means therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 708.1. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means having locking means* to
prevent the swinging part from moving.
Subclass:
708.3
Spring or resiliently biased:
This subclass is indented under subclass 708.1. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means wherein the swinging part is
moved into or out of its directing, constraining, or
shielding position by the force stored in either (a) a
separate spring or (b) an integral, resilient* extension of
the swinging part.
Subclass:
708.4
With slidable connection between nonself-biasing components:
This subclass is indented under subclass 707.9. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means with one part connected to
the other part by two mutually cooperating surfaces which (a)
are each integral with or fixedly attached to a different one
of the parts, (b) contact and slide relative to each other
when the parts direct, constrain, or shield the penetrating
portion of the pin, and (c) restrict the relative motion
between the movably connected parts to substantively a single
primary direction, in addition, neither of the above parts
are biased along the primary direction relative movement by
their own resiliency.
Subclass:
708.5
Component slides parallel to axis of held penetrating
portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 708.4. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means wherein the primary
direction of relative movement between the parts is parallel
to the longitudinal axis of the penetrating portion when it
is located in its final securing position.
Subclass:
708.6
Means engages formation formed on penetrating portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 707.9. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means designed to contact and
interlock with a formation which is (a) formed along the
length of the penetrating portion and (b) specially shaped to
mate with the means.
Subclass:
708.7
Having nonresilient and resilient components:
This subclass is indented under subclass 707.9. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means having a nonresilient
component and a separate resilient* component.
Subclass:
708.8
Means formed from single resilient wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 707.9. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means in which the relatively
movable surface segments are constructed solely from a
filament bent in a manner making at least one segment of the
filament resilient*.
Subclass:
708.9
Means formed from resilient sheet metal:
This subclass is indented under subclass 707.9. Directing,
constraining, or shielding means where the relatively movable
surface segments are constructed from a thin piece of metal
bent in a manner making at least one segment of the piece
resilient*.
Subclass:
709
With independent, spaced, intermediate connections, or
formations (e.g., coils) about which portion or means moves:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.2. Subject
matter wherein the pin* is provided with two or more
connections or formations located between and linking its
penetrating portion and its directing, constraining, or
shielding means, the connections or formations being
physically separated from each other and allowing either the
portion or the means to move as a unit about one without any
degree of movement being required at the other connection or
formation.
Subclass:
709.1
Includes slidable connection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 709. Subject matter
including at least one connection having two mutually
cooperating surfaces which (a) are each integral with or
fixedly attached to the penetrating portion, the means, or an
intermediate linking part, (b) contact and slide relative to
each other when the penetrating portion or the means are
moved during the securing operation, and (c) restrict the
relative motion at the connection between the portion and
means or linking part to substantively a single primary
direction.
Subclass:
709.2
With pivotal connection between penetrating portion and
means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.2. Subject
matter wherein the pin* is provided with a connection between
its penetrating portion and its directing, constraining, or
shielding means which allows (a) the penetrating portion to
swing in an arcuate path about a constantly contacted
connection point or region located on either the means or an
intermediate linking part attached thereto during the
securing operation and (b) relative movement between the
contacting surfaces of the portion and means or linking part
at the point or region of their contact.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
403, Joints and Connections, subclasses 119+ for pivot
joints, per se.
Subclass:
709.3
Connection also permits sliding movement:
This subclass is indented under subclass 709.2. Subject
matter in which the connection between the penetrating
portion and the means or linking part also allows the
penetrating portion to move linearly along the length of the
constantly contacted connection region (i.e., the pivot point
is nonfixed).
Subclass:
709.4
Resiliently biased about connection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 709.2. Subject
matter in which the penetrating portion is swung about the
connection by the force stored in either (a) a separate
spring or (b) an integral, resilient* extension of the
portion, means, or linking part.
Subclass:
709.5
With slidable connection intermediate penetrating portion and
means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.2. Subject
matter wherein the pin* is provided with a connection between
its penetrating portion and its directing, constraining, or
shielding means having two mutually cooperating surfaces
which (1) are each integral with or fixedly attached to the
penetrating portion, the means, or an intermediate linking
part, (2) contact and slide relative to each other when the
penetrating portion and means cooperate during the securing
operation, and (3) restrict the relative motion between the
portion and means or linking part to substantively a single
primary direction.
Subclass:
709.6
Having resilient bridging structure between portion and
means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706.2. Subject
matter having an intermediate structure linking the
penetrating portion of the pin* to the directing,
constraining, or shielding means and biasing the portion
toward or away from the means by either its own resiliency or
the resiliency of another part of the pin* (e.g., spring)
attached to or contacting with the structure.
Subclass:
709.7
Means includes structure for cooperating with formation
(e.g., cavity) formed on portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 709.6. Subject
matter wherein the directing, constraining, or shielding
means includes a part or surface for contacting and
interlocking with a formation which is (a) formed along the
length of the penetrating portion and (b) specially shaped to
mate with the part or surface.
Subclass:
709.8
And penetrating portion formed from wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 709.6. Subject
matter also having the penetrating portion of the pin*
constructed from an elongated filament.
Subclass:
709.9
Bridging structure includes elongated nonwire element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 709.8. Subject
matter wherein the structure linking the penetrating portion
to the means includes an element which (a) has a length
approximately equal to that of the penetrating portion and
(b) is formed from material other than an elongated
filament.
Subclass:
710
Wire also forms coiled bridging structure about which portion
moves:
This subclass is indented under subclass 709.8. Subject
matter wherein the elongated filament from which the
penetrating portion is formed also forms at least a segment
of the linking structure, this segment being bent or molded
into the shape of at least two partial, similar, adjacent
loops about which the penetrating portion moves and is
resiliently biased.
Subclass:
710.1
Including distinct device for cooperating with coil:
This subclass is indented under subclass 710. Subject matter
including a device which is formed from structure other than
the elongated filament and designed to interact with the
loops of the filament.
Subclass:
710.2
Having means also formed from same wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 710. Subject matter
having the directing, constraining, or shielding means
constructed from the same elongated filament forming the
penetrating portion and linking structure.
Subclass:
710.3
With cavity for guiding structure-to-be-secured towards
penetrating portion (e.g., stocking support):
This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Pin* provided
with directing structure which prevents the
structure-to-be-secured* from traveling in at least two
directions perpendicular to the one along which the
structure-to-be-secured* must move when engaging the
penetrating portion.
Subclass:
710.4
Having penetrating portion retractable or of changeable
length:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Pin* having
either (a) its penetrating portion attached to its
nonpenetrating portion in a manner allowing it to be extended
from or drawn back into the nonpenetrating portion or (b) the
length of its penetrating portion capable of being varied.
Subclass:
710.5
Having interconnected distinct penetrating portions:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Pin* having at
least two penetrating portions which are linked together by
the nonpenetrating portion of the pin* and form distinct
holes in the struc-ture-to-be-secured* or its support
member.
Subclass:
710.6
Connection allows movement therebetween:
This subclass is indented under subclass 710.5. Pin* wherein
the section of the nonpenetrating portion linking at least
two of the penetrating portions together allows each to move
relative to each other during the securing operation.
Subclass:
710.7
Slidable connection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 710.6. Pin* in which
the section of the nonpenetrating portion linking at least
two relatively movable penetrating portions includes two
mutually cooperating surfaces which (a) are each integral
with or fixedly attached to one of the penetrating portions
or their common nonpenetrating portion, (b) contact and slide
relative to each other when the penetrating portions move
during the securing operation, and (c) restrict the relative
motion between the penetrating portions to substantively a
single primary direction.
Subclass:
710.8
Resilient connection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 710.6. Pin* in which
the section of the nonpenetrating portion linking the two
relatively movable penetrating portion together bias the
portions by its own resiliency towards or away from their
final securing position.
Subclass:
710.9
Formed from common wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 710.5. Pin* in which
two of the penetrating portions are constructed from a single
elongated filament.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
411, Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed, or
Locked-Threaded Fastener, subclasses 457+ for a multiple
prong impact driven fastener.
Subclass:
711
And pointing in same direction:
This subclass is indented under subclass 710.9. Pin* wherein
the impaling surface of both penetrating portions face toward
a common direction and are parallel to each other.
Subclass:
711.1
Penetrating portion includes relatively movable structure for
resisting extraction:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Pin* wherein
the penetrating portion includes either (a) two distinct
parts connected together in a manner allowing them at their
connection point or region to move relative to each other or
(b) a surface segment integral with or rigidly affixed to
another surface segment and movable relative to this segment,
the relative movement of the parts or surfaces occurring
after the penetrating portion impales the
structure-to-be-secured* or its supporting member and
inhibiting or preventing its withdrawal.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, subclasses
127+ for a handling harpoon with mechanically spread
barbs.
Subclass:
711.2
Having specific wire penetrating portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Pin* wherein
the penetrating portion is constructed from an elongated
filament which either (a) has a particular structural
modification (e.g., stepped point) or (b) is made from a
particular material.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
411, Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed, or
Locked-Threaded Fastener, subclasses 487+ for a nail, tack,
or staple having specific shank or penetrating end
structure.
Subclass:
711.3
Wire curved or bent:
This subclass is indented under subclass 711.2. Pin* in which
the elongated filament forming the penetrating portion has a
turned or twisted shape.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
43, Fishing, Trapping, and Vermin Destroying, subclass 43.16
for a hook.
Subclass:
711.4
Having distinct head structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Pin* having its
nonpenetrating portion constructed from material or structure
other than that forming the penetrating portion.
(1) Note. If the nonpenetrating portion of the pin either
supports or forms guiding, holding, or protecting means for
the penetrating portion (e.g., contacts or covers the point
of the pin), then it is not proper for this and the indented
subclass and is found in subclasses 706.2+.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
411, Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed, or
Locked-Threaded Fastener, subclass 480 for an impact driven
fastener having a separately attached head.
Subclass:
711.5
Movably connected to penetrating portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 711.4. Pin* having a
connection between its penetrating portion and nonpenetrating
portion which allows the two portions to move relative to
each other when fastening.
Subclass:
712
DRAWSTRING, LACED-FASTENER, OR SEPARATE ESSENTIAL COOPERATING
DEVICE THEREFOR:
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter comprising either (1) a drawstring*, (2) a
laced-fastener*, (3) a required component thereof (i.e.,
string, string guiding means) or (4) a discrete device
intended to contact and interact with a required portion of
the laced-fastener* to affect its operation.
(1) Note. Some patents within this and the indented
subclasses have been placed solely on either (1) their
principle disclosed use or (2) their commonly known use in
the disclosed environment (e.g., an eyelet shown near the
opening of a shoe) when no special art classification for the
claimed device exist elsewhere.
(2) Note. Patents which merely name an eyelet or grommet
mounted on flaccid material have been placed within this and
the indented subclasses even if there is no disclosure that
they are string guiding means proper for this and the
indented subclasses, when their disclosures do not state what
passes through their guiding cavity and the eyelets or
grommets do not attach layers of material together.
(3) Note. See the class definition for patent placement
procedures.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
18 for a cord type packet holder.
34 for a laced-fastener* used to connect the ends of a
belt.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 270 for means which closes the opening
in the sleeve or leg portion of apparel.
29, Metal Working, subclass 12 for machines or processes for
making a lacing stud.
36, Boots, Shoes, and Leggings, subclass 50.1 for a
laced-fastener* in combination with specific shoe structure.
87, Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making, for a
process or apparatus for making a strand.
128, Surgery, subclass 565 and 571 for bandaging having a
laced-fastener*.
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclass 70 for a method of encasing a drawstring between
adhering lamina.
402, Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or Notch of
Sheet, subclasses 8+ for a cord type binder device.
D2, Apparel and Haberdashery, subclass 316 for a shoelace.
Subclass:
712.1
Includes separate device for holding drawn portion of
lacing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. Subject matter
including a device which (a) is neither part of nor fixedly
attached to the string or string guiding means of either the
drawstring* or laced-fastener* and (b) prevents, or helps to
prevent, retrograde movement of the extracted portion of the
string from its securing position.
(1) Note. In general, a device which is part of guiding
means for the string is not proper for this and the indented
subclasses. However, if a guiding means with a device is
intended to always be used at the end of a series of diverse
type guiding means which are not intended to prevent the
movement of the string, then it is proper for this area.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
subclasses 115+ for a fastener which engages and holds one
portion of a cord or rope having a principle utility outside
this class (i.e., the rope or cord is a
structure-to-be-secured* and not part of a Class 24
fastener).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
411, Freight Accommodation on Freight Carrier, subclasses
101+ for an anchor to secure an end of a load lashing
member to a freight carrying vehicle so that the remainder of
the member may be used to lash a freight load unit to the
vehicle.
Subclass:
712.2
Device engages tie in lacing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712.1. Movement
preventing device which contacts and works in conjunction
with a knot or bow formed in cooperating extracted portions
of the string.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 245 for a shoe ornament.
Subclass:
712.3
And fully covers tie:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712.2. Movement
preventing device wherein either the knot or bow in the
string is entirely concealed beneath the perimeter of the
device.
Subclass:
712.4
Device engages element or formation on lacing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712.1. Movement
preventing device which contacts and works in conjunction
with either (1) a distinct element attached to and supported
by the string or (2) a structural formation (e.g., aperture)
formed in or on the string to prevent retrograde movement of
the string.
Subclass:
712.5
Having relatively movable holding components or surfaces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712.1. Movement
preventing device having either (1) two distinct parts
connected together in a manner allowing them at their
connection point or region to move relative to each other
when the components contact and act together to prevent
retrograde movement of the string or (2) a segment integral
with or rigidly affixed to another segment and movable
relative to this segment when the two segments contact and
act together to prevent retrograde movement of the string.
Subclass:
712.6
With pivotal connection therebetween:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712.5. Movement
preventing device with one string contacting part connected
to another string contacting part in a manner allowing it to
both (1) swing in an arcuate path about a constantly engaged
connection point or region located on either the other string
contacting part or an intermediate linking part of the device
and (2) maintain relative movement between the engaging
surfaces of the parts at the point or region of their
engagement when shifting toward or away from its string
contacting position.
Subclass:
712.7
With integral resilient linking structure therebetween:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712.5. Movement
preventing device with one string contacting segment
connected to another string contacting segment by
intermediate structure unitarily constructed with the two
contacting segments and biasing them by its own resiliency
either toward or away from their string contacting position.
Subclass:
712.8
Formed from wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712.7. Movement
preventing device in which the intermediate structure is
constructed from an elongated filament.
Subclass:
712.9
Having lacing wound thereabout or wedged therein:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712.1. Movement
preventing device having specifically shaped structure either
upon which the string is wrapped around or into which the
string is compressed to prevent retrograde movement thereof.
Subclass:
713
With holding means fixedly mounted on lacing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. Subject matter
provided with means stationarily attached to the string for
preventing, or helping to prevent, retrograde movement of the
extracted portion of the string from its secured position.
Subclass:
713.1
And forming lacing tips:
This subclass is indented under subclass 713. Movement
preventing means which also shields or encases the ends of
the string to either prevent damage to the ends or facilitate
their passage through the guiding means.
Subclass:
713.2
Includes lacing holding structure within directing means
therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. String guiding
means which includes a component of surface for preventing,
or helping to prevent, retrograde movement of the extracted
portion of the string from its securing position.
Subclass:
713.3
Having diverse shaped directing means for lacing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. Subject matter
wherein the string is guided by at least two differently
configured guiding means.
Subclass:
713.4
Having lacing directing means in particular pattern:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. Subject matter
wherein the string is guided along its path by two or more
guiding means placed in a specific relationship to each other
or a design.
Subclass:
713.5
Includes lacing guiding roller within directing means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. String guiding
means including a component for reducing friction which
rotates about an axis when the string contacts and is pulled
across its surface.
Subclass:
713.6
Having eyelet type directing means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. String guiding
means having structure at least partially encircling a string
guiding aperture which completely passes through and has its
central axis perpendicular to the longitudinal plane of the
structure-to-be-secured.*
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
661 for a receiving cavity (e.g., button hole) of a
separable-fastener* which is defined by both flaccid* and
nonflaccid components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
16, Miscellaneous Hardware, subclass 2.1 for a device which
lines and reinforces an opening in a structure to prevent
abrasion of an element passing therethrough, and subclasses
108+ for an annular protective device which prevents abrasion
of an element passing through a pipe or conduit.
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclass 27 for a
reinforcing device which prevents a label or tag from
tearing.
112, Sewing, subclass 66 for special machines which stitch
around the edges of an eyelet.
114, Ships, particularly subclass 114 and 115 for an eyelet
on a sail.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclasses 152+
for a bushing type insulator passing through a wall or
plate.
411, Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed, or
Locked-Threaded Fastener, subclasses 439+, for a fastener
securing two layers of material together and having a hole
formed therethrough which is not disclosed for use as a
passageway for an element (e.g., lacing).
Subclass:
713.7
With permanently deformed mounting structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 713.6. String
guiding means provided with structure for attaching the
guiding means to the structure-to-be-secured* which has a
portion of its initial configuration altered during the
attaching operation by a deforming force in excess of the
amount of force necessary for plastic deformation of the
material from which the structure is constructed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclasses 505+ for the process of
joining two parts together by distorting a portion of at
least one of the parts beyond its elastic limit.
Subclass:
713.8
Mounting structure formed from different material than
directing passage:
This subclass is indented under subclass 713.7. String
guiding means in which the attaching structure is constructed
from material diverse from that used in at least one portion
of the structure which encircles the string guiding
aperture.
Subclass:
713.9
Having hook shaped directing means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. String guiding
means having an elongated planer shank and a curved or bent
appendage which projects therefrom and has its remaining end
unconnected thereto, the free end of the appendage and a
portion of the shank defining a gap through which the string
may enter or leave the guide means when moved in a direction
perpendicular to the direction the string travels when
guided.
Subclass:
714
And movable component or surface for closing throat:
This subclass is indented under subclass 713.9. String
guiding means having either (1) a distinct displaceable part
connected to or (2) a displaceable surface segment integral
with or rigidly affixed to the shank or appendage of the
guiding means for blocking the gap through which the string
enter or leaves.
Subclass:
714.1
Mounted by structure allowing bodily movement thereof:
This subclass is indented under subclass 713.9. String
guiding means which is attached to the
structure-to-be-secured* by structure permitting the string
guiding portion of the means to move as a complete unit
relative to the surface to which it is attached.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
439 for Slit Closing means which includes a laced-fastener*
between parts of its slidable bridging component.
Subclass:
714.2
Formed from wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 713.9. String
guiding means in which the shank and its curved or bent
appendage are constructed from an elongated filament.
Subclass:
714.3
With mounting structure formed from different material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 713.9. String
guiding means provided with structure to attach the guiding
means to the structure-to-be-secured* which is constructed
from material diverse from that used in at least one part of
the remainder of the guide means.
Subclass:
714.4
With permanently deformed mounting structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 713.9. String
guiding means provided with structure for attaching the
guiding means to the structure-to-be-secured* which has its
initial configuration altered during the attaching operation
by a deforming force in excess of the amount of force
necessary for plastic deformation of the material from which
the structure is constructed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclasses 505+ for the process of
joining two parts together by distorting a portion of at
least one of the parts beyond its elastic limit.
Subclass:
714.5
Expanding stud:
This subclass is indented under subclass 714.4. Deformed
attaching structure having a narrow shank portion which first
passes through the structure-to-be-secured* and then has the
width of the end projecting therethrough broadened by the
deforming force to prevent its withdrawal.
Subclass:
714.6
Having loop or sleeve shaped directing means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. String guiding
means attached to the structure-to-be-secured* and having a
curved or bent configuration which either fully encircles, or
coacts with the structure-to-be-secured* to fully encircle, a
passage through which the string travels when guided.
Subclass:
714.7
Entirely formed from flaccid material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 714.6. String
guiding means which is completely constructed from a flaccid*
material (e.g., cord).
Subclass:
714.8
Mounted by structure allowing bodily movement thereof:
This subclass is indented under subclass 714.6. String
guiding means which is attached to the
structure-to-be-secured* by structure permitting the string
guiding portion of the means to move as a complete unit
relative to the surface to which it is attached.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
439 for Slit Closing means which includes a laced-fastener*
between spaced parts of its slidable bridging component.
Subclass:
714.9
Formed from wire:
This subclass is indented under subclass 714.6. String
guiding means which is constructed from an elongated
filament.
Subclass:
715
With permanently deformed mounting structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 714.6. String
guiding means provided with structure for attaching the
guiding means to the structure-to-be-secured* which has its
initial configuration altered during the attaching operation
by a deforming force in excess of the amount of force
necessary for plastic deformation of the material from which
the structure is constructed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclasses 505+ for the process of
joining two parts together by distorting a portion of at
least one of the parts beyond its elastic limit.
Subclass:
715.1
Loop or sleeve closed when mounted:
This subclass is indented under subclass 715. String guiding
means wherein the passage in the means through which the
string passes is fully encircled only after the attaching
structure is deformed.
Subclass:
715.2
Expanding stud:
This subclass is indented under subclass 715. Deformed
attaching structure having a narrow shank portion which first
passes through the structure-to-be-secured* and then has the
width of the end projecting therethrough broadened by the
deforming force to prevent its withdrawal.
Subclass:
715.3
Having elastic segment in lacing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. String having
at least a portion of its length either (1) formed from or
combined with flaccid* resilient* material or (2) attached to
and supporting a resilient* element (e.g., spring).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, subclasses
225+ for an indefinite length strand having an elastomeric
material core.
87, Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making, subclass 2
for processes for making an elastic strand.
Subclass:
715.4
Having means covering tip of lacing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. String having
means located thereon for shielding or encasing at least one
of its ends to either prevent damage to the end or facilitate
its passage through the guiding means.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
713.1 for holding means which also covers the tips of its
lacing.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, subclasses
232+ for an indefinite length strand having a coated or
impregnated segment.
425, Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating:
Apparatus, cross-reference art collection 807 for lace
tipping apparatus.
Subclass:
715.5
Tasseled:
This subclass is indented under subclass 715.4. Shielding or
encasing means which includes either (1) multiple parallel
cords or (2) a slitted part with multiple parallel tentacles,
the cords or tentacles having one of their ends fixedly
attached to the string and the other end extending away from
the string and dangling freely.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, subclass 28
for a decorative element placed on the end of an article.
Subclass:
715.6
With plural components:
This subclass is indented under subclass 715.4. Shielding or
encasing means provided with two distinct parts which are
connected together when attached to the string.
Subclass:
715.7
With permanently deformed mounting structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 715.4. Shielding or
encasing means provided with structure for attaching the
means to the string which has its initial configuration
altered during the attaching operation by a deforming force
in excess of the amount of force necessary for plastic
deformation of the material from which the structure is
constructed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclasses 505+ for the process of
joining two parts together by distorting a portion of a least
one of the parts beyond its elastic limit.
Subclass:
716
HANGER ON PORTABLE ARTICLE SUPPORT FOR MANUAL ATTACHMENT
THEREOF TO OVERHEAD SUPPORT (E.G., DRAPERY HOOK):
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject
matter comprising connecting means on transportable article
supporting structure which is attached or detached solely by
direct manual force to a support member (e.g., rod) located
above it when the article supporting structure is suspended
therefrom.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
706.1 for a pin* mounted to supporting structure by manually
releaseable means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
16, Miscellaneous Hardware, subclass 87.2, 93, 94, 95, and
96, for a drapery support in combination with guide shoe or
guide track structure.
160, Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclass 404 for the combination of a hook element
supporting fabric from an elongated support element.
223, Apparel Apparatus, subclasses 85+ for a garment hanger
(e.g., coat hanger) provided with a support hook and Dig. 4
for a garment hanger support hook or garment support hook.
CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS
Subclass:
900.1
SHIRT COLLAR HOLDERS:
Fastener designed to hold one or more portions of a neck
encircling band of a shirt in a particular position relative
to either another portion of the neck encircling band or the
shirt.
Subclass:
901
PENETRATING-TYPE PAPER FASTENER:
Fastener designed to pierce into or through a sheet of
paper.
Subclass:
902
TUFTING BUTTON FASTENER:
Fastener designed to attach either an affixed head portion or
a separate button to an upholstery cover.
Subclass:
903
ARMPIT SHIELD FASTENER:
Fastener designed to attach a perspiration absorbing pad to
an article of clothing at the section thereof which is
nearest to the armpit.
Subclass:
904
GLOVE FASTENER:
Securing means designed to either (a) close an opening in a
hand covering or (b) hold one portion of a hand covering
relative to another portion thereof.
Subclass:
905
WATCH CHAIN FASTENER (E.G., SWIVEL HOOK):
Securing means designed to releasably attach the end of a
chain to a watch supported thereby.
Subclass:
906
FASTENER FOR ATTACHING BAND TO WATCH OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
(E.G., NAME PLATE):
Securing means designed to releaseably attach either a watch
or another article of like size to a band intended to be worn
around an appendage of a person.
Subclass:
907
PLASTIC HOOK:
Securing means which is completely constructed from a plastic
compound (e.g., synthetic resin, polymer) and includes an
elongated shank portion with a bent or curved appendage
projecting therefrom.
Subclass:
908
FISHLINE SUPPORTED ATTACHMENT HOOK:
Securing means which is designed to be mounted on a fishline
and to releasably attach fishing apparatus (e.g., fishhook)
thereto and which includes an elongated shank portion with a
bent or curved appendage projecting therefrom.
Subclass:
909
WINDERS FOR FLEXIBLE MATERIAL:
Winders adapted to be attached to a wire, strap, or other
line at a point along its length to take up slack and remain
as a permanent part of the line.
Subclass:
910
ONE-PIECE:
Winders under art collection 909 made in one piece.
Information Products Division -- Contacts
Questions regarding this report should be directed to:
U.S. Patent and Trademark Office
Information Products Division
PK3- Suite 441
Washington, DC 20231
tel: (703) 306-2600
FAX: (703) 306-2737
email: oeip@uspto.gov
Last Modified: 6 October 2000